]> git.saurik.com Git - wxWidgets.git/blob - src/generic/grid.cpp
projects / wxWidgets.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
fix wxCHECK_MSG() return value
[wxWidgets.git] / src / generic / grid.cpp
1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2 // Name: src/generic/grid.cpp
3 // Purpose: wxGrid and related classes
4 // Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
6 // Created: 1/08/1999
7 // RCS-ID: $Id$
8 // Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
9 // Licence: wxWindows licence
10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
11
12 /*
13 TODO:
14
15 - Replace use of wxINVERT with wxOverlay
16 - Make Begin/EndBatch() the same as the generic Freeze/Thaw()
17 - Review the column reordering code, it's a mess.
18 - Implement row reordering after dealing with the columns.
19 */
20
21 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
22 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
23
24 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
25 #pragma hdrstop
26 #endif
27
28 #if wxUSE_GRID
29
30 #include "wx/grid.h"
31
32 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
33 #include "wx/utils.h"
34 #include "wx/dcclient.h"
35 #include "wx/settings.h"
36 #include "wx/log.h"
37 #include "wx/textctrl.h"
38 #include "wx/checkbox.h"
39 #include "wx/combobox.h"
40 #include "wx/valtext.h"
41 #include "wx/intl.h"
42 #include "wx/math.h"
43 #include "wx/listbox.h"
44 #endif
45
46 #include "wx/textfile.h"
47 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
48 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
49 #include "wx/renderer.h"
50 #include "wx/headerctrl.h"
51 #include "wx/hashset.h"
52
53 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
54 #include "wx/generic/gridctrl.h"
55 #include "wx/generic/grideditors.h"
56 #include "wx/generic/private/grid.h"
57
58 const char wxGridNameStr[] = "grid";
59
60 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
61 #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier)
62 #else
63 #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier
64 #endif
65
66 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
67 #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier)
68 #else
69 #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier
70 #endif
71
72 // Required for wxIs... functions
73 #include <ctype.h>
74
75 WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_WITH_DECL_PTR(int, wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual,
76 wxGridFixedIndicesSet, class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
77
78
79 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
80 // globals
81 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
82
83 namespace
84 {
85
86 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
87 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
88 static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
89 static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
90 #endif
91
92 // this struct simply combines together the default header renderers
93 //
94 // as the renderers ctors are trivial, there is no problem with making them
95 // globals
96 struct DefaultHeaderRenderers
97 {
98 wxGridColumnHeaderRendererDefault colRenderer;
99 wxGridRowHeaderRendererDefault rowRenderer;
100 wxGridCornerHeaderRendererDefault cornerRenderer;
101 } gs_defaultHeaderRenderers;
102
103 } // anonymous namespace
104
105 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
106 // constants
107 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
108
109 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
110 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
111
112 namespace
113 {
114
115 // scroll line size
116 const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;
117 const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
118
119 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
120 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
121 const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
122
123 // the minimal distance in pixels the mouse needs to move to start a drag
124 // operation
125 const int DRAG_SENSITIVITY = 3;
126
127 } // anonymous namespace
128
129 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
130
131 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
132 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
133
134 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
135 // events
136 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
137
138 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
139 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
140 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
141 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
142 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, wxGridEvent );
143 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
144 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
145 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
146 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
147 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent );
148 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent );
149 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_AUTO_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent );
150 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, wxGridEvent );
151 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, wxGridEvent );
152 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, wxGridRangeSelectEvent );
153 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, wxGridEvent );
154 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, wxGridEvent );
155 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, wxGridEvent );
156 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN, wxGridEvent );
157 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN, wxGridEvent );
158 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, wxGridEditorCreatedEvent );
159 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_TABBING, wxGridEvent );
160
161 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
162 // private helpers
163 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
164
165 namespace
166 {
167
168 // ensure that first is less or equal to second, swapping the values if
169 // necessary
170 void EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(int& first, int& second)
171 {
172 if ( first > second )
173 wxSwap(first, second);
174 }
175
176 } // anonymous namespace
177
178 // ============================================================================
179 // implementation
180 // ============================================================================
181
182 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
183
184 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
185 EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
186 EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
187 EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
188 END_EVENT_TABLE()
189
190 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridHeaderCtrl, wxHeaderCtrl)
191 EVT_HEADER_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnClick)
192 EVT_HEADER_DCLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnDoubleClick)
193 EVT_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnRightClick)
194
195 EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginResize)
196 EVT_HEADER_RESIZING(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnResizing)
197 EVT_HEADER_END_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndResize)
198
199 EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginReorder)
200 EVT_HEADER_END_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndReorder)
201 END_EVENT_TABLE()
202
203 wxGridOperations& wxGridRowOperations::Dual() const
204 {
205 static wxGridColumnOperations s_colOper;
206
207 return s_colOper;
208 }
209
210 wxGridOperations& wxGridColumnOperations::Dual() const
211 {
212 static wxGridRowOperations s_rowOper;
213
214 return s_rowOper;
215 }
216
217 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
218 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
219 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
220 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
221
222 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
223 {
224 // nothing to do
225 }
226
227 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
228 {
229 }
230
231 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
232 // wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer and related classes
233 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
234
235 void wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer::DrawLabel(const wxGrid& grid,
236 wxDC& dc,
237 const wxString& value,
238 const wxRect& rect,
239 int horizAlign,
240 int vertAlign,
241 int textOrientation) const
242 {
243 dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT);
244 dc.SetTextForeground(grid.GetLabelTextColour());
245 dc.SetFont(grid.GetLabelFont());
246 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, value, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation);
247 }
248
249
250 void wxGridRowHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid),
251 wxDC& dc,
252 wxRect& rect) const
253 {
254 dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
255 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop(),
256 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom());
257 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
258 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom());
259 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom(),
260 rect.GetRight() + 1, rect.GetBottom());
261
262 dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
263 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop(),
264 rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetBottom());
265 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop(),
266 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop());
267
268 rect.Deflate(2);
269 }
270
271 void wxGridColumnHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid),
272 wxDC& dc,
273 wxRect& rect) const
274 {
275 dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
276 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop(),
277 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom());
278 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
279 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop());
280 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom(),
281 rect.GetRight() + 1, rect.GetBottom());
282
283 dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
284 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop() + 1,
285 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom());
286 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop() + 1,
287 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop() + 1);
288
289 rect.Deflate(2);
290 }
291
292 void wxGridCornerHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid),
293 wxDC& dc,
294 wxRect& rect) const
295 {
296 dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
297 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1,
298 rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetTop());
299 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1,
300 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom() - 1);
301 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
302 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop());
303 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
304 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom());
305
306 dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
307 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop() + 1,
308 rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetTop() + 1);
309 dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop() + 1,
310 rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1);
311
312 rect.Deflate(2);
313 }
314
315 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
316 // wxGridCellAttr
317 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
318
319 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
320 {
321 m_isReadOnly = Unset;
322
323 m_renderer = NULL;
324 m_editor = NULL;
325
326 m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
327
328 m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
329 m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
330
331 SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
332 }
333
334 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
335 {
336 wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
337
338 if ( HasTextColour() )
339 attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
340 if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
341 attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
342 if ( HasFont() )
343 attr->SetFont(GetFont());
344 if ( HasAlignment() )
345 attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
346
347 attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
348
349 if ( m_renderer )
350 {
351 attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
352 m_renderer->IncRef();
353 }
354 if ( m_editor )
355 {
356 attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
357 m_editor->IncRef();
358 }
359
360 if ( IsReadOnly() )
361 attr->SetReadOnly();
362
363 attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
364 attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
365
366 return attr;
367 }
368
369 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
370 {
371 if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
372 SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
373 if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
374 SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
375 if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
376 SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
377 if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
378 {
379 int hAlign, vAlign;
380 mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
381 SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
382 }
383 if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
384 mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
385
386 // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
387 // m_renderer/m_editor
388 //
389 // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
390 if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
391 {
392 m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
393 m_renderer->IncRef();
394 }
395 if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
396 {
397 m_editor = mergefrom->m_editor;
398 m_editor->IncRef();
399 }
400 if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
401 SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
402
403 if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
404 SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
405
406 SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
407 }
408
409 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
410 {
411 // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
412
413 // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
414 // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
415 // set to negative or zero values such that
416 // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
417 // same goes for the col + num_cols.
418
419 // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
420
421 wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
422 !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
423 !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
424 wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two positive values or negative/zero values"));
425
426 m_sizeRows = num_rows;
427 m_sizeCols = num_cols;
428 }
429
430 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
431 {
432 if (HasTextColour())
433 {
434 return m_colText;
435 }
436 else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
437 {
438 return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
439 }
440 else
441 {
442 wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
443 return wxNullColour;
444 }
445 }
446
447 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
448 {
449 if (HasBackgroundColour())
450 {
451 return m_colBack;
452 }
453 else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
454 {
455 return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
456 }
457 else
458 {
459 wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
460 return wxNullColour;
461 }
462 }
463
464 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
465 {
466 if (HasFont())
467 {
468 return m_font;
469 }
470 else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
471 {
472 return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
473 }
474 else
475 {
476 wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
477 return wxNullFont;
478 }
479 }
480
481 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
482 {
483 if (HasAlignment())
484 {
485 if ( hAlign )
486 *hAlign = m_hAlign;
487 if ( vAlign )
488 *vAlign = m_vAlign;
489 }
490 else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
491 {
492 m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
493 }
494 else
495 {
496 wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
497 }
498 }
499
500 void wxGridCellAttr::GetNonDefaultAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
501 {
502 if ( hAlign && m_hAlign != wxALIGN_INVALID )
503 *hAlign = m_hAlign;
504
505 if ( vAlign && m_vAlign != wxALIGN_INVALID )
506 *vAlign = m_vAlign;
507 }
508
509 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
510 {
511 if ( num_rows )
512 *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
513 if ( num_cols )
514 *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
515 }
516
517 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
518 // which attribute to use. If a non-default attr object has one then it is
519 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
520 // used. It should be the default for the data type of the cell. If it is
521 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
522 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
523
524 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
525 {
526 wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
527
528 if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
529 {
530 // use the cells renderer if it has one
531 renderer = m_renderer;
532 renderer->IncRef();
533 }
534 else // no non-default cell renderer
535 {
536 // get default renderer for the data type
537 if ( grid )
538 {
539 // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
540 renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
541 }
542
543 if ( renderer == NULL )
544 {
545 if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
546 {
547 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
548 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
549 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
550 }
551 else // default grid attr
552 {
553 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
554 renderer = m_renderer;
555 if ( renderer )
556 renderer->IncRef();
557 }
558 }
559 }
560
561 // we're supposed to always find something
562 wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
563
564 return renderer;
565 }
566
567 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
568 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
569 {
570 wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
571
572 if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
573 {
574 // use the cells editor if it has one
575 editor = m_editor;
576 editor->IncRef();
577 }
578 else // no non default cell editor
579 {
580 // get default editor for the data type
581 if ( grid )
582 {
583 // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
584 editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
585 }
586
587 if ( editor == NULL )
588 {
589 if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
590 {
591 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
592 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
593 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
594 }
595 else // default grid attr
596 {
597 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
598 editor = m_editor;
599 if ( editor )
600 editor->IncRef();
601 }
602 }
603 }
604
605 // we're supposed to always find something
606 wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
607
608 return editor;
609 }
610
611 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
612 // wxGridCellAttrData
613 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
614
615 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
616 {
617 // Note: contrary to wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr, we must not
618 // touch attribute's reference counting explicitly, since this
619 // is managed by class wxGridCellWithAttr
620 int n = FindIndex(row, col);
621 if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
622 {
623 if ( attr )
624 {
625 // add the attribute
626 m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
627 }
628 //else: nothing to do
629 }
630 else // we already have an attribute for this cell
631 {
632 if ( attr )
633 {
634 // change the attribute
635 m_attrs[(size_t)n].ChangeAttr(attr);
636 }
637 else
638 {
639 // remove this attribute
640 m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
641 }
642 }
643 }
644
645 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
646 {
647 wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
648
649 int n = FindIndex(row, col);
650 if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
651 {
652 attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
653 attr->IncRef();
654 }
655
656 return attr;
657 }
658
659 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
660 {
661 size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
662 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
663 {
664 wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
665 wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
666 if ((size_t)row >= pos)
667 {
668 if (numRows > 0)
669 {
670 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
671 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
672 }
673 else if (numRows < 0)
674 {
675 // If rows deleted ...
676 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
677 {
678 // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
679 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
680 }
681 else
682 {
683 // ...or remove the attribute
684 m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
685 n--;
686 count--;
687 }
688 }
689 }
690 }
691 }
692
693 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
694 {
695 size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
696 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
697 {
698 wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
699 wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
700 if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
701 {
702 if ( numCols > 0 )
703 {
704 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
705 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
706 }
707 else if (numCols < 0)
708 {
709 // If rows deleted ...
710 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
711 {
712 // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
713 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
714 }
715 else
716 {
717 // ...or remove the attribute
718 m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
719 n--;
720 count--;
721 }
722 }
723 }
724 }
725 }
726
727 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
728 {
729 size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
730 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
731 {
732 const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
733 if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
734 {
735 return n;
736 }
737 }
738
739 return wxNOT_FOUND;
740 }
741
742 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
743 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
744 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
745
746 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
747 {
748 size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
749 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
750 {
751 m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
752 }
753 }
754
755 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
756 {
757 wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
758
759 int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
760 if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
761 {
762 attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
763 attr->IncRef();
764 }
765
766 return attr;
767 }
768
769 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
770 {
771 int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
772 if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
773 {
774 if ( attr )
775 {
776 // store the new attribute, taking its ownership
777 m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
778 m_attrs.Add(attr);
779 }
780 // nothing to remove
781 }
782 else // we have an attribute for this row or column
783 {
784 size_t n = (size_t)i;
785
786 // notice that this code works correctly even when the old attribute is
787 // the same as the new one: as we own of it, we must call DecRef() on
788 // it in any case and this won't result in destruction of the new
789 // attribute if it's the same as old one because it must have ref count
790 // of at least 2 to be passed to us while we keep a reference to it too
791 m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
792
793 if ( attr )
794 {
795 // replace the attribute with the new one
796 m_attrs[n] = attr;
797 }
798 else // remove the attribute
799 {
800 m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
801 m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
802 }
803 }
804 }
805
806 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
807 {
808 size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
809 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
810 {
811 int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
812 if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
813 {
814 if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
815 {
816 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
817 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
818 }
819 else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
820 {
821 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
822 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
823 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
824 else
825 {
826 m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
827 m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
828 m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
829 n--;
830 count--;
831 }
832 }
833 }
834 }
835 }
836
837 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
838 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
839 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
840
841 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
842 {
843 m_data = NULL;
844 }
845
846 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
847 {
848 delete m_data;
849 }
850
851 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
852 {
853 m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
854 }
855
856 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
857 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const
858 {
859 wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
860 if ( m_data )
861 {
862 switch (kind)
863 {
864 case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
865 // Get cached merge attributes.
866 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
867 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
868 if (!attr)
869 {
870 // Basically implement old version.
871 // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
872 wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
873 wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
874 wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
875
876 if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
877 {
878 // Two or more are non NULL
879 attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
880 attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
881
882 // Order is important..
883 if (attrcell)
884 {
885 attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
886 attrcell->DecRef();
887 }
888 if (attrcol)
889 {
890 attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
891 attrcol->DecRef();
892 }
893 if (attrrow)
894 {
895 attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
896 attrrow->DecRef();
897 }
898
899 // store merge attr if cache implemented
900 //attr->IncRef();
901 //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
902 }
903 else
904 {
905 // one or none is non null return it or null.
906 if (attrrow)
907 attr = attrrow;
908 if (attrcol)
909 {
910 if (attr)
911 attr->DecRef();
912 attr = attrcol;
913 }
914 if (attrcell)
915 {
916 if (attr)
917 attr->DecRef();
918 attr = attrcell;
919 }
920 }
921 }
922 break;
923
924 case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
925 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
926 break;
927
928 case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
929 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
930 break;
931
932 case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
933 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
934 break;
935
936 default:
937 // unused as yet...
938 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
939 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
940 break;
941 }
942 }
943
944 return attr;
945 }
946
947 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
948 int row, int col)
949 {
950 if ( !m_data )
951 InitData();
952
953 m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
954 }
955
956 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
957 {
958 if ( !m_data )
959 InitData();
960
961 m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
962 }
963
964 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
965 {
966 if ( !m_data )
967 InitData();
968
969 m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
970 }
971
972 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
973 {
974 if ( m_data )
975 {
976 m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
977
978 m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
979 }
980 }
981
982 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
983 {
984 if ( m_data )
985 {
986 m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
987
988 m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
989 }
990 }
991
992 const wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer&
993 wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetColumnHeaderRenderer(int WXUNUSED(col))
994 {
995 return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.colRenderer;
996 }
997
998 const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer&
999 wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetRowHeaderRenderer(int WXUNUSED(row))
1000 {
1001 return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.rowRenderer;
1002 }
1003
1004 const wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer& wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetCornerRenderer()
1005 {
1006 return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.cornerRenderer;
1007 }
1008
1009 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1010 // wxGridTableBase
1011 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1012
1013 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
1014
1015 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
1016 {
1017 m_view = NULL;
1018 m_attrProvider = NULL;
1019 }
1020
1021 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
1022 {
1023 delete m_attrProvider;
1024 }
1025
1026 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
1027 {
1028 delete m_attrProvider;
1029 m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
1030 }
1031
1032 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
1033 {
1034 if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
1035 {
1036 // use the default attr provider by default
1037 SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
1038 }
1039
1040 return true;
1041 }
1042
1043 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind)
1044 {
1045 if ( m_attrProvider )
1046 return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
1047 else
1048 return NULL;
1049 }
1050
1051 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
1052 {
1053 if ( m_attrProvider )
1054 {
1055 if ( attr )
1056 attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
1057 m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
1058 }
1059 else
1060 {
1061 // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
1062 // free it now
1063 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
1064 }
1065 }
1066
1067 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
1068 {
1069 if ( m_attrProvider )
1070 {
1071 attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
1072 m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
1073 }
1074 else
1075 {
1076 // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
1077 // free it now
1078 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
1079 }
1080 }
1081
1082 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
1083 {
1084 if ( m_attrProvider )
1085 {
1086 attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
1087 m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
1088 }
1089 else
1090 {
1091 // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
1092 // free it now
1093 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
1094 }
1095 }
1096
1097 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1098 size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
1099 {
1100 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
1101
1102 return false;
1103 }
1104
1105 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
1106 {
1107 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1108
1109 return false;
1110 }
1111
1112 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1113 size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
1114 {
1115 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1116
1117 return false;
1118 }
1119
1120 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1121 size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
1122 {
1123 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1124
1125 return false;
1126 }
1127
1128 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
1129 {
1130 wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1131
1132 return false;
1133 }
1134
1135 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1136 size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
1137 {
1138 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1139
1140 return false;
1141 }
1142
1143 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
1144 {
1145 wxString s;
1146
1147 // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
1148 // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
1149 s << row + 1;
1150
1151 return s;
1152 }
1153
1154 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
1155 {
1156 // default col labels are:
1157 // cols 0 to 25 : A-Z
1158 // cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
1159 // etc.
1160
1161 wxString s;
1162 unsigned int i, n;
1163 for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
1164 {
1165 s += (wxChar) (wxT('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
1166 col = col / 26 - 1;
1167 if ( col < 0 )
1168 break;
1169 }
1170
1171 // reverse the string...
1172 wxString s2;
1173 for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
1174 {
1175 s2 += s[n - i - 1];
1176 }
1177
1178 return s2;
1179 }
1180
1181 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1182 {
1183 return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
1184 }
1185
1186 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1187 const wxString& typeName )
1188 {
1189 return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
1190 }
1191
1192 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
1193 {
1194 return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
1195 }
1196
1197 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1198 {
1199 return 0;
1200 }
1201
1202 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1203 {
1204 return 0.0;
1205 }
1206
1207 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1208 {
1209 return false;
1210 }
1211
1212 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1213 long WXUNUSED(value) )
1214 {
1215 }
1216
1217 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1218 double WXUNUSED(value) )
1219 {
1220 }
1221
1222 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1223 bool WXUNUSED(value) )
1224 {
1225 }
1226
1227 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1228 const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
1229 {
1230 return NULL;
1231 }
1232
1233 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1234 const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
1235 void* WXUNUSED(value) )
1236 {
1237 }
1238
1239 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1240 //
1241 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
1242 // to the grid view
1243 //
1244
1245 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
1246 {
1247 m_table = NULL;
1248 m_id = -1;
1249 m_comInt1 = -1;
1250 m_comInt2 = -1;
1251 }
1252
1253 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
1254 int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
1255 {
1256 m_table = table;
1257 m_id = id;
1258 m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
1259 m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
1260 }
1261
1262 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1263 //
1264 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
1265 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
1266 //
1267
1268 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
1269
1270 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
1271
1272 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
1273 : wxGridTableBase()
1274 {
1275 m_numCols = 0;
1276 }
1277
1278 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
1279 : wxGridTableBase()
1280 {
1281 m_numCols = numCols;
1282
1283 m_data.Alloc( numRows );
1284
1285 wxArrayString sa;
1286 sa.Alloc( numCols );
1287 sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
1288
1289 m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
1290 }
1291
1292 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
1293 {
1294 wxCHECK_MSG( (row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows()) &&
1295 (col >= 0 && col < GetNumberCols()),
1296 wxEmptyString,
1297 wxT("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
1298
1299 return m_data[row][col];
1300 }
1301
1302 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
1303 {
1304 wxCHECK_RET( (row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows()) &&
1305 (col >= 0 && col < GetNumberCols()),
1306 wxT("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
1307
1308 m_data[row][col] = value;
1309 }
1310
1311 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
1312 {
1313 int row, col;
1314 int numRows, numCols;
1315
1316 numRows = m_data.GetCount();
1317 if ( numRows > 0 )
1318 {
1319 numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
1320
1321 for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
1322 {
1323 for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
1324 {
1325 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
1326 }
1327 }
1328 }
1329 }
1330
1331 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
1332 {
1333 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1334 size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
1335 ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1336
1337 if ( pos >= curNumRows )
1338 {
1339 return AppendRows( numRows );
1340 }
1341
1342 wxArrayString sa;
1343 sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
1344 sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
1345 m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
1346
1347 if ( GetView() )
1348 {
1349 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1350 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
1351 pos,
1352 numRows );
1353
1354 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1355 }
1356
1357 return true;
1358 }
1359
1360 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
1361 {
1362 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1363 size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
1364 ? m_data[0].GetCount()
1365 : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1366
1367 wxArrayString sa;
1368 if ( curNumCols > 0 )
1369 {
1370 sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
1371 sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
1372 }
1373
1374 m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
1375
1376 if ( GetView() )
1377 {
1378 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1379 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
1380 numRows );
1381
1382 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1383 }
1384
1385 return true;
1386 }
1387
1388 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
1389 {
1390 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1391
1392 if ( pos >= curNumRows )
1393 {
1394 wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
1395 (
1396 wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
1397 (unsigned long)pos,
1398 (unsigned long)numRows,
1399 (unsigned long)curNumRows
1400 ) );
1401
1402 return false;
1403 }
1404
1405 if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
1406 {
1407 numRows = curNumRows - pos;
1408 }
1409
1410 if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
1411 {
1412 m_data.Clear();
1413 }
1414 else
1415 {
1416 m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
1417 }
1418
1419 if ( GetView() )
1420 {
1421 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1422 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
1423 pos,
1424 numRows );
1425
1426 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1427 }
1428
1429 return true;
1430 }
1431
1432 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
1433 {
1434 size_t row, col;
1435
1436 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1437 size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
1438 ? m_data[0].GetCount()
1439 : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1440
1441 if ( pos >= curNumCols )
1442 {
1443 return AppendCols( numCols );
1444 }
1445
1446 if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
1447 {
1448 m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
1449
1450 size_t i;
1451 for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
1452 m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
1453 }
1454
1455 for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1456 {
1457 for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
1458 {
1459 m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
1460 }
1461 }
1462
1463 m_numCols += numCols;
1464
1465 if ( GetView() )
1466 {
1467 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1468 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
1469 pos,
1470 numCols );
1471
1472 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1473 }
1474
1475 return true;
1476 }
1477
1478 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
1479 {
1480 size_t row;
1481
1482 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1483
1484 for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1485 {
1486 m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
1487 }
1488
1489 m_numCols += numCols;
1490
1491 if ( GetView() )
1492 {
1493 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1494 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
1495 numCols );
1496
1497 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1498 }
1499
1500 return true;
1501 }
1502
1503 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
1504 {
1505 size_t row;
1506
1507 size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1508 size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
1509 ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1510
1511 if ( pos >= curNumCols )
1512 {
1513 wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
1514 (
1515 wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
1516 (unsigned long)pos,
1517 (unsigned long)numCols,
1518 (unsigned long)curNumCols
1519 ) );
1520 return false;
1521 }
1522
1523 int colID;
1524 if ( GetView() )
1525 colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
1526 else
1527 colID = pos;
1528
1529 if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
1530 {
1531 numCols = curNumCols - colID;
1532 }
1533
1534 if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
1535 {
1536 // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
1537 // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
1538 // element and not numCols, so account for it
1539 int numRemaining = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
1540 if (numRemaining > 0)
1541 m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, wxMin(numCols, numRemaining) );
1542 }
1543
1544 if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
1545 {
1546 for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1547 {
1548 m_data[row].Clear();
1549 }
1550
1551 m_numCols = 0;
1552 }
1553 else // something will be left
1554 {
1555 for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1556 {
1557 m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
1558 }
1559
1560 m_numCols -= numCols;
1561 }
1562
1563 if ( GetView() )
1564 {
1565 wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1566 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
1567 pos,
1568 numCols );
1569
1570 GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1571 }
1572
1573 return true;
1574 }
1575
1576 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
1577 {
1578 if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1579 {
1580 // using default label
1581 //
1582 return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
1583 }
1584 else
1585 {
1586 return m_rowLabels[row];
1587 }
1588 }
1589
1590 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
1591 {
1592 if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1593 {
1594 // using default label
1595 //
1596 return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
1597 }
1598 else
1599 {
1600 return m_colLabels[col];
1601 }
1602 }
1603
1604 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
1605 {
1606 if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1607 {
1608 int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
1609 int i;
1610
1611 for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
1612 {
1613 m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
1614 }
1615 }
1616
1617 m_rowLabels[row] = value;
1618 }
1619
1620 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
1621 {
1622 if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1623 {
1624 int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
1625 int i;
1626
1627 for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
1628 {
1629 m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
1630 }
1631 }
1632
1633 m_colLabels[col] = value;
1634 }
1635
1636
1637 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1638 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1639
1640 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
1641 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
1642 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1643
1644 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
1645 {
1646 m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
1647 }
1648
1649 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1650 EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
1651 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1652 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1653 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1654
1655 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
1656 {
1657 wxPaintDC dc(this);
1658
1659 // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
1660 // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
1661 // set the y coord - MB
1662 //
1663 // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
1664
1665 int x, y;
1666 m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
1667 wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
1668 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
1669
1670 wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
1671 m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
1672 }
1673
1674 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
1675 {
1676 m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
1677 }
1678
1679 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
1680 {
1681 if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
1682 event.Skip();
1683 }
1684
1685 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1686
1687 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1688 EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
1689 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1690 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1691 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1692
1693 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
1694 {
1695 wxPaintDC dc(this);
1696
1697 // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
1698 // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
1699 // set the x coord - MB
1700 //
1701 // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
1702
1703 int x, y;
1704 m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
1705 wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
1706 if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
1707 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
1708 else
1709 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
1710
1711 wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
1712 m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
1713 }
1714
1715 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
1716 {
1717 m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
1718 }
1719
1720 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
1721 {
1722 if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
1723 event.Skip();
1724 }
1725
1726 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1727
1728 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1729 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1730 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1731 EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
1732 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1733
1734 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
1735 {
1736 wxPaintDC dc(this);
1737
1738 m_owner->DrawCornerLabel(dc);
1739 }
1740
1741 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
1742 {
1743 m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
1744 }
1745
1746 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
1747 {
1748 if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1749 event.Skip();
1750 }
1751
1752 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1753
1754 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1755 EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
1756 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1757 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1758 EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
1759 EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
1760 EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
1761 EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
1762 EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
1763 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
1764 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1765
1766 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
1767 {
1768 wxPaintDC dc( this );
1769 m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
1770 wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
1771 wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
1772 m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
1773
1774 m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
1775
1776 m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
1777
1778 m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
1779 }
1780
1781 void wxGrid::Render( wxDC& dc,
1782 const wxPoint& position,
1783 const wxSize& size,
1784 const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
1785 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
1786 int style )
1787 {
1788 wxCHECK_RET( bottomRight.GetCol() < GetNumberCols(),
1789 "Invalid right column" );
1790 wxCHECK_RET( bottomRight.GetRow() < GetNumberRows(),
1791 "Invalid bottom row" );
1792
1793 // store user settings and reset later
1794
1795 // remove grid selection, don't paint selection colour
1796 // unless we have wxGRID_DRAW_SELECTION
1797 // block selections are the only ones catered for here
1798 wxGridCellCoordsArray selectedCells;
1799 bool hasSelection = IsSelection();
1800 if ( hasSelection && !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_SELECTION ) )
1801 {
1802 selectedCells = GetSelectionBlockTopLeft();
1803 // non block selections may not have a bottom right
1804 if ( GetSelectionBlockBottomRight().size() )
1805 selectedCells.Add( GetSelectionBlockBottomRight()[ 0 ] );
1806
1807 ClearSelection();
1808 }
1809
1810 // store user device origin
1811 wxCoord userOriginX, userOriginY;
1812 dc.GetDeviceOrigin( &userOriginX, &userOriginY );
1813
1814 // store user scale
1815 double scaleUserX, scaleUserY;
1816 dc.GetUserScale( &scaleUserX, &scaleUserY );
1817
1818 // set defaults if necessary
1819 wxGridCellCoords leftTop( topLeft ), rightBottom( bottomRight );
1820 if ( leftTop.GetCol() < 0 )
1821 leftTop.SetCol(0);
1822 if ( leftTop.GetRow() < 0 )
1823 leftTop.SetRow(0);
1824 if ( rightBottom.GetCol() < 0 )
1825 rightBottom.SetCol(GetNumberCols() - 1);
1826 if ( rightBottom.GetRow() < 0 )
1827 rightBottom.SetRow(GetNumberRows() - 1);
1828
1829 // get grid offset, size and cell parameters
1830 wxPoint pointOffSet;
1831 wxSize sizeGrid;
1832 wxGridCellCoordsArray renderCells;
1833 wxArrayInt arrayCols;
1834 wxArrayInt arrayRows;
1835
1836 GetRenderSizes( leftTop, rightBottom,
1837 pointOffSet, sizeGrid,
1838 renderCells,
1839 arrayCols, arrayRows );
1840
1841 // add headers/labels to dimensions
1842 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_ROWS_HEADER )
1843 sizeGrid.x += GetRowLabelSize();
1844 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1845 sizeGrid.y += GetColLabelSize();
1846
1847 // get render start position in logical units
1848 wxPoint positionRender = GetRenderPosition( dc, position );
1849
1850 wxCoord originX = dc.LogicalToDeviceX( positionRender.x );
1851 wxCoord originY = dc.LogicalToDeviceY( positionRender.y );
1852
1853 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( originX, originY );
1854
1855 SetRenderScale( dc, positionRender, size, sizeGrid );
1856
1857 // draw row headers at specified origin
1858 if ( GetRowLabelSize() > 0 && ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_ROWS_HEADER ) )
1859 {
1860 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1861 {
1862 DrawCornerLabel( dc ); // do only if both col and row labels drawn
1863 originY += dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( GetColLabelSize() );
1864 }
1865
1866 originY -= dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( pointOffSet.y );
1867 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( originX, originY );
1868
1869 DrawRowLabels( dc, arrayRows );
1870
1871 // reset for columns
1872 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1873 originY -= dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( GetColLabelSize() );
1874
1875 originY += dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( pointOffSet.y );
1876 // X offset so we don't overwrite row labels
1877 originX += dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( GetRowLabelSize() );
1878 }
1879
1880 // subtract col offset where startcol > 0
1881 originX -= dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( pointOffSet.x );
1882 // no y offset for col labels, they are at the Y origin
1883
1884 // draw column labels
1885 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1886 {
1887 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( originX, originY );
1888 DrawColLabels( dc, arrayCols );
1889 // don't overwrite the labels, increment originY
1890 originY += dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( GetColLabelSize() );
1891 }
1892
1893 // set device origin to draw grid cells and lines
1894 originY -= dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( pointOffSet.y );
1895 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( originX, originY );
1896
1897 // draw cell area background
1898 dc.SetBrush( GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() );
1899 dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1900 // subtract headers from grid area dimensions
1901 wxSize sizeCells( sizeGrid );
1902 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_ROWS_HEADER )
1903 sizeCells.x -= GetRowLabelSize();
1904 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
1905 sizeCells.y -= GetColLabelSize();
1906
1907 dc.DrawRectangle( pointOffSet, sizeCells );
1908
1909 // draw cells
1910 DrawGridCellArea( dc, renderCells );
1911
1912 // draw grid lines
1913 if ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_CELL_LINES )
1914 {
1915 wxRegion regionClip( pointOffSet.x, pointOffSet.y,
1916 sizeCells.x, sizeCells.y );
1917
1918 DrawRangeGridLines(dc, regionClip, renderCells[0], renderCells.Last());
1919 }
1920
1921 // draw render rectangle bounding lines
1922 DoRenderBox( dc, style,
1923 pointOffSet, sizeCells,
1924 leftTop, rightBottom );
1925
1926 // restore user setings
1927 dc.SetDeviceOrigin( userOriginX, userOriginY );
1928 dc.SetUserScale( scaleUserX, scaleUserY );
1929
1930 if ( selectedCells.size() && !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_SELECTION ) )
1931 {
1932 SelectBlock( selectedCells[ 0 ].GetRow(),
1933 selectedCells[ 0 ].GetCol(),
1934 selectedCells[ selectedCells.size() -1 ].GetRow(),
1935 selectedCells[ selectedCells.size() -1 ].GetCol() );
1936 }
1937 }
1938
1939 void
1940 wxGrid::SetRenderScale(wxDC& dc,
1941 const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
1942 const wxSize& sizeGrid )
1943 {
1944 double scaleX, scaleY;
1945 wxSize sizeTemp;
1946
1947 if ( size.GetWidth() != wxDefaultSize.GetWidth() ) // size.x was specified
1948 sizeTemp.SetWidth( size.GetWidth() );
1949 else
1950 sizeTemp.SetWidth( dc.DeviceToLogicalXRel( dc.GetSize().GetWidth() )
1951 - pos.x );
1952
1953 if ( size.GetHeight() != wxDefaultSize.GetHeight() ) // size.y was specified
1954 sizeTemp.SetHeight( size.GetHeight() );
1955 else
1956 sizeTemp.SetHeight( dc.DeviceToLogicalYRel( dc.GetSize().GetHeight() )
1957 - pos.y );
1958
1959 scaleX = (double)( (double) sizeTemp.GetWidth() / (double) sizeGrid.GetWidth() );
1960 scaleY = (double)( (double) sizeTemp.GetHeight() / (double) sizeGrid.GetHeight() );
1961
1962 dc.SetUserScale( wxMin( scaleX, scaleY), wxMin( scaleX, scaleY ) );
1963 }
1964
1965 // get grid rendered size, origin offset and fill cell arrays
1966 void wxGrid::GetRenderSizes( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
1967 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
1968 wxPoint& pointOffSet, wxSize& sizeGrid,
1969 wxGridCellCoordsArray& renderCells,
1970 wxArrayInt& arrayCols, wxArrayInt& arrayRows )
1971 {
1972 pointOffSet.x = 0;
1973 pointOffSet.y = 0;
1974 sizeGrid.SetWidth( 0 );
1975 sizeGrid.SetHeight( 0 );
1976
1977 int col, row;
1978
1979 wxGridSizesInfo sizeinfo = GetColSizes();
1980 for ( col = 0; col <= bottomRight.GetCol(); col++ )
1981 {
1982 if ( col < topLeft.GetCol() )
1983 {
1984 pointOffSet.x += sizeinfo.GetSize( col );
1985 }
1986 else
1987 {
1988 for ( row = topLeft.GetRow(); row <= bottomRight.GetRow(); row++ )
1989 {
1990 renderCells.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ));
1991 arrayRows.Add( row ); // column labels rendered in DrawColLabels
1992 }
1993 arrayCols.Add( col ); // row labels rendered in DrawRowLabels
1994 sizeGrid.x += sizeinfo.GetSize( col );
1995 }
1996 }
1997
1998 sizeinfo = GetRowSizes();
1999 for ( row = 0; row <= bottomRight.GetRow(); row++ )
2000 {
2001 if ( row < topLeft.GetRow() )
2002 pointOffSet.y += sizeinfo.GetSize( row );
2003 else
2004 sizeGrid.y += sizeinfo.GetSize( row );
2005 }
2006 }
2007
2008 // get render start position
2009 // if position not specified use dc draw extents MaxX and MaxY
2010 wxPoint wxGrid::GetRenderPosition( wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& position )
2011 {
2012 wxPoint positionRender( position );
2013
2014 if ( !positionRender.IsFullySpecified() )
2015 {
2016 if ( positionRender.x == wxDefaultPosition.x )
2017 positionRender.x = dc.MaxX();
2018
2019 if ( positionRender.y == wxDefaultPosition.y )
2020 positionRender.y = dc.MaxY();
2021 }
2022
2023 return positionRender;
2024 }
2025
2026 // draw render rectangle bounding lines
2027 // useful where there is multi cell row or col clipping and no cell border
2028 void wxGrid::DoRenderBox( wxDC& dc, const int& style,
2029 const wxPoint& pointOffSet,
2030 const wxSize& sizeCells,
2031 const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
2032 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight )
2033 {
2034 if ( !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_BOX_RECT ) )
2035 return;
2036
2037 int bottom = pointOffSet.y + sizeCells.GetY(),
2038 right = pointOffSet.x + sizeCells.GetX() - 1;
2039
2040 // horiz top line if we are not drawing column header/labels
2041 if ( !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER ) )
2042 {
2043 int left = pointOffSet.x;
2044 left += ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
2045 ? - GetRowLabelSize() : 0;
2046 dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen( topLeft.GetRow() ) );
2047 dc.DrawLine( left,
2048 pointOffSet.y,
2049 right,
2050 pointOffSet.y );
2051 }
2052
2053 // horiz bottom line
2054 dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen( bottomRight.GetRow() ) );
2055 dc.DrawLine( pointOffSet.x, bottom - 1, right, bottom - 1 );
2056
2057 // left vertical line if we are not drawing row header/labels
2058 if ( !( style & wxGRID_DRAW_ROWS_HEADER ) )
2059 {
2060 int top = pointOffSet.y;
2061 top += ( style & wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER )
2062 ? - GetColLabelSize() : 0;
2063 dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen( topLeft.GetCol() ) );
2064 dc.DrawLine( pointOffSet.x -1,
2065 top,
2066 pointOffSet.x - 1,
2067 bottom - 1 );
2068 }
2069
2070 // right vertical line
2071 dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen( bottomRight.GetCol() ) );
2072 dc.DrawLine( right, pointOffSet.y, right, bottom - 1 );
2073 }
2074
2075 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
2076 {
2077 wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
2078 m_owner->GetGridRowLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
2079 m_owner->GetGridColLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
2080 }
2081
2082 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
2083 {
2084 if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
2085 SetFocus();
2086
2087 m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
2088 }
2089
2090 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
2091 {
2092 if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
2093 event.Skip();
2094 }
2095
2096 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
2097 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
2098 //
2099 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
2100 {
2101 if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
2102 event.Skip();
2103 }
2104
2105 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
2106 {
2107 if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
2108 event.Skip();
2109 }
2110
2111 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
2112 {
2113 if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
2114 event.Skip();
2115 }
2116
2117 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
2118 {
2119 }
2120
2121 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
2122 {
2123 // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
2124 // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
2125 if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
2126 {
2127 Refresh();
2128 }
2129 else
2130 {
2131 // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
2132 // branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
2133 // Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
2134 // !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
2135 // only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
2136 // branch so that it's always executed.
2137
2138 // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
2139 const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
2140 m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
2141 const wxRect cursor =
2142 m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
2143 Refresh(true, &cursor);
2144 }
2145
2146 if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
2147 event.Skip();
2148 }
2149
2150 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
2151 #define internalYToRow(y) YToRow(y, true)
2152
2153 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2154
2155 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
2156 EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
2157 EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
2158 EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
2159 EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
2160 EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
2161 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
2162 EVT_COMMAND(wxID_ANY, wxEVT_GRID_HIDE_EDITOR, wxGrid::OnHideEditor )
2163 END_EVENT_TABLE()
2164
2165 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
2166 const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
2167 long style, const wxString& name)
2168 {
2169 if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
2170 style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
2171 return false;
2172
2173 m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
2174 m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
2175
2176 Create();
2177 SetInitialSize(size);
2178 CalcDimensions();
2179
2180 return true;
2181 }
2182
2183 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
2184 {
2185 if ( m_winCapture )
2186 m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
2187
2188 // Ensure that the editor control is destroyed before the grid is,
2189 // otherwise we crash later when the editor tries to do something with the
2190 // half destroyed grid
2191 HideCellEditControl();
2192
2193 // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
2194 SetTargetWindow(this);
2195 ClearAttrCache();
2196 wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
2197
2198 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
2199 size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
2200 wxPrintf(wxT("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
2201 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
2202 total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
2203 total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
2204 #endif
2205
2206 // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
2207 // with dangling view pointer
2208 if ( m_ownTable )
2209 delete m_table;
2210 else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
2211 m_table->SetView(NULL);
2212
2213 delete m_typeRegistry;
2214 delete m_selection;
2215
2216 delete m_setFixedRows;
2217 delete m_setFixedCols;
2218 }
2219
2220 //
2221 // ----- internal init and update functions
2222 //
2223
2224 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
2225 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
2226 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
2227
2228 void wxGrid::Create()
2229 {
2230 // create the type registry
2231 m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
2232
2233 m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
2234
2235 m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
2236
2237 // Set default cell attributes
2238 m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
2239 m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
2240 m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
2241 m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
2242 m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
2243 m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
2244
2245 #if _USE_VISATTR
2246 wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
2247 wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
2248
2249 m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
2250 m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
2251
2252 #else
2253 m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
2254 wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
2255 m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
2256 wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
2257 #endif
2258
2259 m_numRows = 0;
2260 m_numCols = 0;
2261 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2262
2263 // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
2264 m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow(this);
2265 CreateColumnWindow();
2266 m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow(this);
2267 m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this );
2268
2269 SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
2270
2271 #if _USE_VISATTR
2272 wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
2273 wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
2274 wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
2275 wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
2276 #else
2277 wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
2278 wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
2279 wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
2280 wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
2281 #endif
2282
2283 m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
2284 m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
2285 m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
2286 m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
2287 m_colWindow->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
2288 m_colWindow->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
2289
2290 m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
2291 m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
2292
2293 m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
2294 m_labelTextColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetForegroundColour();
2295
2296 // now that we have the grid window, use its font to compute the default
2297 // row height
2298 m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
2299 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
2300 m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
2301 #else
2302 m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
2303 #endif
2304
2305 }
2306
2307 void wxGrid::CreateColumnWindow()
2308 {
2309 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2310 {
2311 m_colWindow = new wxGridHeaderCtrl(this);
2312 m_colLabelHeight = m_colWindow->GetBestSize().y;
2313 }
2314 else // draw labels ourselves
2315 {
2316 m_colWindow = new wxGridColLabelWindow(this);
2317 m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
2318 }
2319 }
2320
2321 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
2322 wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
2323 {
2324 wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
2325 false,
2326 wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
2327
2328 return SetTable(new wxGridStringTable(numRows, numCols), true, selmode);
2329 }
2330
2331 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
2332 {
2333 wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
2334 wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
2335
2336 m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
2337 }
2338
2339 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
2340 {
2341 wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGridSelectCells,
2342 wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
2343
2344 return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
2345 }
2346
2347 bool
2348 wxGrid::SetTable(wxGridTableBase *table,
2349 bool takeOwnership,
2350 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
2351 {
2352 bool checkSelection = false;
2353 if ( m_created )
2354 {
2355 // stop all processing
2356 m_created = false;
2357
2358 if (m_table)
2359 {
2360 m_table->SetView(0);
2361 if( m_ownTable )
2362 delete m_table;
2363 m_table = NULL;
2364 }
2365
2366 wxDELETE(m_selection);
2367
2368 m_ownTable = false;
2369 m_numRows = 0;
2370 m_numCols = 0;
2371 checkSelection = true;
2372
2373 // kill row and column size arrays
2374 m_colWidths.Empty();
2375 m_colRights.Empty();
2376 m_rowHeights.Empty();
2377 m_rowBottoms.Empty();
2378 }
2379
2380 if (table)
2381 {
2382 m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
2383 m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
2384
2385 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2386 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
2387
2388 m_table = table;
2389 m_table->SetView( this );
2390 m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
2391 m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
2392 if (checkSelection)
2393 {
2394 // If the newly set table is smaller than the
2395 // original one current cell and selection regions
2396 // might be invalid,
2397 m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2398 m_currentCellCoords =
2399 wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
2400 wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
2401 if (m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
2402 m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
2403 {
2404 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2405 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2406 }
2407 else
2408 m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
2409 wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
2410 m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow()),
2411 wxMin(m_numCols,
2412 m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol()));
2413 }
2414 CalcDimensions();
2415
2416 m_created = true;
2417 }
2418
2419 InvalidateBestSize();
2420
2421 return m_created;
2422 }
2423
2424 void wxGrid::Init()
2425 {
2426 m_created = false;
2427
2428 m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
2429 m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
2430 m_colWindow = NULL;
2431 m_gridWin = NULL;
2432
2433 m_table = NULL;
2434 m_ownTable = false;
2435
2436 m_selection = NULL;
2437 m_defaultCellAttr = NULL;
2438 m_typeRegistry = NULL;
2439 m_winCapture = NULL;
2440
2441 m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
2442 m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
2443
2444 m_setFixedRows =
2445 m_setFixedCols = NULL;
2446
2447 // init attr cache
2448 m_attrCache.row = -1;
2449 m_attrCache.col = -1;
2450 m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
2451
2452 m_labelFont = GetFont();
2453 m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
2454
2455 m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2456 m_rowLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2457
2458 m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2459 m_colLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2460 m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
2461
2462 m_defaultColWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
2463 m_defaultRowHeight = 0; // this will be initialized after creation
2464
2465 m_minAcceptableColWidth = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
2466 m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
2467
2468 m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
2469 m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
2470 m_gridLinesClipHorz =
2471 m_gridLinesClipVert = true;
2472 m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
2473 m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
2474 m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
2475
2476 m_canDragColMove = false;
2477
2478 m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
2479 m_winCapture = NULL;
2480 m_canDragRowSize = true;
2481 m_canDragColSize = true;
2482 m_canDragGridSize = true;
2483 m_canDragCell = false;
2484 m_dragLastPos = -1;
2485 m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
2486 m_isDragging = false;
2487 m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
2488
2489 m_sortCol = wxNOT_FOUND;
2490 m_sortIsAscending = true;
2491
2492 m_useNativeHeader =
2493 m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
2494
2495 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
2496
2497 m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
2498 m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
2499
2500 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2501
2502 m_selectedBlockTopLeft =
2503 m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
2504 m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2505
2506 m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
2507 m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
2508
2509 m_editable = true; // default for whole grid
2510
2511 m_inOnKeyDown = false;
2512 m_batchCount = 0;
2513
2514 m_extraWidth =
2515 m_extraHeight = 0;
2516
2517 // we can't call SetScrollRate() as the window isn't created yet but OTOH
2518 // we don't need to call it neither as the scroll position is (0, 0) right
2519 // now anyhow, so just set the parameters directly
2520 m_xScrollPixelsPerLine = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
2521 m_yScrollPixelsPerLine = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
2522
2523 m_tabBehaviour = Tab_Stop;
2524 }
2525
2526 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2527 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
2528 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
2529 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
2530 // arrays at all
2531 //
2532 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
2533 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
2534 // this is not done currently
2535 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2536
2537 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
2538 {
2539 m_rowHeights.Empty();
2540 m_rowBottoms.Empty();
2541
2542 m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
2543 m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
2544
2545 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
2546
2547 int rowBottom = 0;
2548 for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2549 {
2550 rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
2551 m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
2552 }
2553 }
2554
2555 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
2556 {
2557 m_colWidths.Empty();
2558 m_colRights.Empty();
2559
2560 m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
2561 m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
2562
2563 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
2564
2565 for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
2566 {
2567 int colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
2568 m_colRights.Add( colRight );
2569 }
2570 }
2571
2572 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
2573 {
2574 if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
2575 return m_defaultColWidth;
2576
2577 // a negative width indicates a hidden column
2578 return m_colWidths[col] > 0 ? m_colWidths[col] : 0;
2579 }
2580
2581 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
2582 {
2583 if ( m_colRights.IsEmpty() )
2584 return GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth;
2585
2586 return m_colRights[col] - GetColWidth(col);
2587 }
2588
2589 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
2590 {
2591 return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
2592 : m_colRights[col];
2593 }
2594
2595 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
2596 {
2597 // no custom heights / hidden rows
2598 if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
2599 return m_defaultRowHeight;
2600
2601 // a negative height indicates a hidden row
2602 return m_rowHeights[row] > 0 ? m_rowHeights[row] : 0;
2603 }
2604
2605 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
2606 {
2607 if ( m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() )
2608 return row * m_defaultRowHeight;
2609
2610 return m_rowBottoms[row] - GetRowHeight(row);
2611 }
2612
2613 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
2614 {
2615 return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
2616 : m_rowBottoms[row];
2617 }
2618
2619 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
2620 {
2621 // compute the size of the scrollable area
2622 int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
2623 int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
2624
2625 w += m_extraWidth;
2626 h += m_extraHeight;
2627
2628 // take into account editor if shown
2629 if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
2630 {
2631 int w2, h2;
2632 int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
2633 int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
2634 int x = GetColLeft(c);
2635 int y = GetRowTop(r);
2636
2637 // how big is the editor
2638 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
2639 wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
2640 editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
2641 w2 += x;
2642 h2 += y;
2643 if ( w2 > w )
2644 w = w2;
2645 if ( h2 > h )
2646 h = h2;
2647 editor->DecRef();
2648 attr->DecRef();
2649 }
2650
2651 // preserve (more or less) the previous position
2652 int x, y;
2653 GetViewStart( &x, &y );
2654
2655 // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
2656 if ( x >= w )
2657 x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
2658 if ( y >= h )
2659 y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
2660
2661 // update the virtual size and refresh the scrollbars to reflect it
2662 m_gridWin->SetVirtualSize(w, h);
2663 Scroll(x, y);
2664 AdjustScrollbars();
2665
2666 // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
2667 // still must reposition the children
2668 CalcWindowSizes();
2669 }
2670
2671 wxSize wxGrid::GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size)
2672 {
2673 wxSize sizeGridWin(size);
2674 sizeGridWin.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
2675 sizeGridWin.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
2676
2677 return sizeGridWin;
2678 }
2679
2680 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
2681 {
2682 // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
2683
2684 if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
2685 return;
2686
2687 int cw, ch;
2688 GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
2689
2690 // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't
2691 // size the windows to negative sizes in this case
2692 int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth;
2693 int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight;
2694 if (gw < 0)
2695 gw = 0;
2696 if (gh < 0)
2697 gh = 0;
2698
2699 if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
2700 m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
2701
2702 if ( m_colWindow && m_colWindow->IsShown() )
2703 m_colWindow->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight );
2704
2705 if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
2706 m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh );
2707
2708 if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
2709 m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh );
2710 }
2711
2712 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
2713 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
2714 //
2715 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
2716 {
2717 int i;
2718 bool result = false;
2719
2720 // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
2721 // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
2722 ClearAttrCache();
2723
2724 // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
2725 // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
2726 // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
2727 // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
2728 // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
2729 HideCellEditControl();
2730
2731 switch ( msg.GetId() )
2732 {
2733 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
2734 {
2735 size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
2736 int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
2737
2738 m_numRows += numRows;
2739
2740 if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
2741 {
2742 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
2743 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
2744
2745 int bottom = 0;
2746 if ( pos > 0 )
2747 bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
2748
2749 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2750 {
2751 bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
2752 m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
2753 }
2754 }
2755
2756 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2757 {
2758 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2759 // cell will be undefined...
2760 //
2761 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2762 }
2763
2764 if ( m_selection )
2765 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
2766 wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
2767 if (attrProvider)
2768 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2769
2770 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2771 {
2772 CalcDimensions();
2773 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
2774 }
2775 }
2776 result = true;
2777 break;
2778
2779 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
2780 {
2781 int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
2782 int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
2783 m_numRows += numRows;
2784
2785 if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
2786 {
2787 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
2788 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
2789
2790 int bottom = 0;
2791 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
2792 bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
2793
2794 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2795 {
2796 bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
2797 m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
2798 }
2799 }
2800
2801 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2802 {
2803 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2804 // cell will be undefined...
2805 //
2806 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2807 }
2808
2809 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2810 {
2811 CalcDimensions();
2812 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
2813 }
2814 }
2815 result = true;
2816 break;
2817
2818 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
2819 {
2820 size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
2821 int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
2822 m_numRows -= numRows;
2823
2824 if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
2825 {
2826 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
2827 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
2828
2829 int h = 0;
2830 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2831 {
2832 h += m_rowHeights[i];
2833 m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
2834 }
2835 }
2836
2837 if ( !m_numRows )
2838 {
2839 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2840 }
2841 else
2842 {
2843 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
2844 m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
2845 }
2846
2847 if ( m_selection )
2848 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
2849 wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
2850 if (attrProvider)
2851 {
2852 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
2853
2854 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
2855 #if 0
2856 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
2857 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
2858 // all column attributes.
2859 // I hate to do this here, but the
2860 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
2861 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
2862 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
2863 #endif
2864 }
2865
2866 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2867 {
2868 CalcDimensions();
2869 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
2870 }
2871 }
2872 result = true;
2873 break;
2874
2875 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
2876 {
2877 size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
2878 int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
2879 m_numCols += numCols;
2880
2881 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2882 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
2883
2884 if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
2885 {
2886 //Shift the column IDs
2887 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
2888 {
2889 if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
2890 m_colAt[i] += numCols;
2891 }
2892
2893 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
2894
2895 //Set the new columns' positions
2896 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
2897 {
2898 m_colAt[i] = i;
2899 }
2900 }
2901
2902 if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
2903 {
2904 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
2905 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
2906
2907 int right = 0;
2908 if ( pos > 0 )
2909 right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
2910
2911 int colPos;
2912 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
2913 {
2914 i = GetColAt( colPos );
2915
2916 right += m_colWidths[i];
2917 m_colRights[i] = right;
2918 }
2919 }
2920
2921 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2922 {
2923 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2924 // cell will be undefined...
2925 //
2926 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2927 }
2928
2929 if ( m_selection )
2930 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
2931 wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
2932 if (attrProvider)
2933 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2934 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2935 {
2936 CalcDimensions();
2937 m_colWindow->Refresh();
2938 }
2939 }
2940 result = true;
2941 break;
2942
2943 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
2944 {
2945 int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
2946 int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
2947 m_numCols += numCols;
2948
2949 if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
2950 {
2951 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
2952
2953 //Set the new columns' positions
2954 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
2955 {
2956 m_colAt[i] = i;
2957 }
2958 }
2959
2960 if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
2961 {
2962 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
2963 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
2964
2965 int right = 0;
2966 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
2967 right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
2968
2969 int colPos;
2970 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
2971 {
2972 i = GetColAt( colPos );
2973
2974 right += m_colWidths[i];
2975 m_colRights[i] = right;
2976 }
2977 }
2978
2979 // Notice that this must be called after updating m_colWidths above
2980 // as the native grid control will check whether the new columns
2981 // are shown which results in accessing m_colWidths array.
2982 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2983 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
2984
2985 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2986 {
2987 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2988 // cell will be undefined...
2989 //
2990 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2991 }
2992 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2993 {
2994 CalcDimensions();
2995 m_colWindow->Refresh();
2996 }
2997 }
2998 result = true;
2999 break;
3000
3001 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
3002 {
3003 size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
3004 int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
3005 m_numCols -= numCols;
3006 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
3007 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
3008
3009 if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
3010 {
3011 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
3012
3013 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3014
3015 //Shift the column IDs
3016 int colPos;
3017 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
3018 {
3019 if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
3020 m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
3021 }
3022 }
3023
3024 if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
3025 {
3026 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3027 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3028
3029 int w = 0;
3030 int colPos;
3031 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
3032 {
3033 i = GetColAt( colPos );
3034
3035 w += m_colWidths[i];
3036 m_colRights[i] = w;
3037 }
3038 }
3039
3040 if ( !m_numCols )
3041 {
3042 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
3043 }
3044 else
3045 {
3046 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
3047 m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
3048 }
3049
3050 if ( m_selection )
3051 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
3052 wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
3053 if (attrProvider)
3054 {
3055 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
3056
3057 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
3058 #if 0
3059 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
3060 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
3061 // all row attributes.
3062 // I hate to do this here, but the
3063 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
3064 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
3065 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
3066 #endif
3067 }
3068
3069 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
3070 {
3071 CalcDimensions();
3072 m_colWindow->Refresh();
3073 }
3074 }
3075 result = true;
3076 break;
3077 }
3078
3079 InvalidateBestSize();
3080
3081 if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
3082 m_gridWin->Refresh();
3083
3084 return result;
3085 }
3086
3087 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
3088 {
3089 wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
3090 wxRect r;
3091
3092 wxArrayInt rowlabels;
3093
3094 int top, bottom;
3095 while ( iter )
3096 {
3097 r = iter.GetRect();
3098
3099 // TODO: remove this when we can...
3100 // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
3101 // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
3102 // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around
3103 //
3104 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
3105 int cw, ch;
3106 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3107 if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
3108 r.SetTop( 0 );
3109 r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
3110 #endif
3111
3112 // logical bounds of update region
3113 //
3114 int dummy;
3115 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
3116 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
3117
3118 // find the row labels within these bounds
3119 //
3120 int row;
3121 for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
3122 {
3123 if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
3124 continue;
3125
3126 if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
3127 break;
3128
3129 rowlabels.Add( row );
3130 }
3131
3132 ++iter;
3133 }
3134
3135 return rowlabels;
3136 }
3137
3138 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
3139 {
3140 wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
3141 wxRect r;
3142
3143 wxArrayInt colLabels;
3144
3145 int left, right;
3146 while ( iter )
3147 {
3148 r = iter.GetRect();
3149
3150 // TODO: remove this when we can...
3151 // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
3152 // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
3153 // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around
3154 //
3155 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
3156 int cw, ch;
3157 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3158 if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
3159 r.SetLeft( 0 );
3160 r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
3161 #endif
3162
3163 // logical bounds of update region
3164 //
3165 int dummy;
3166 CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
3167 CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
3168
3169 // find the cells within these bounds
3170 //
3171 int col;
3172 int colPos;
3173 for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
3174 {
3175 col = GetColAt( colPos );
3176
3177 if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
3178 continue;
3179
3180 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
3181 break;
3182
3183 colLabels.Add( col );
3184 }
3185
3186 ++iter;
3187 }
3188
3189 return colLabels;
3190 }
3191
3192 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
3193 {
3194 wxRect r;
3195
3196 wxGridCellCoordsArray cellsExposed;
3197
3198 int left, top, right, bottom;
3199 for ( wxRegionIterator iter(reg); iter; ++iter )
3200 {
3201 r = iter.GetRect();
3202
3203 // Skip 0-height cells, they're invisible anyhow, don't waste time
3204 // getting their rectangles and so on.
3205 if ( !r.GetHeight() )
3206 continue;
3207
3208 // TODO: remove this when we can...
3209 // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
3210 // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
3211 // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around
3212 //
3213 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
3214 int cw, ch;
3215 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3216 if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
3217 if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
3218 r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
3219 r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
3220 #endif
3221
3222 // logical bounds of update region
3223 //
3224 CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
3225 CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
3226
3227 // find the cells within these bounds
3228 wxArrayInt cols;
3229 for ( int row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
3230 {
3231 if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
3232 continue;
3233
3234 if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
3235 break;
3236
3237 // add all dirty cells in this row: notice that the columns which
3238 // are dirty don't depend on the row so we compute them only once
3239 // for the first dirty row and then reuse for all the next ones
3240 if ( cols.empty() )
3241 {
3242 // do determine the dirty columns
3243 for ( int pos = XToPos(left); pos <= XToPos(right); pos++ )
3244 cols.push_back(GetColAt(pos));
3245
3246 // if there are no dirty columns at all, nothing to do
3247 if ( cols.empty() )
3248 break;
3249 }
3250
3251 const size_t count = cols.size();
3252 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
3253 cellsExposed.Add(wxGridCellCoords(row, cols[n]));
3254 }
3255 }
3256
3257 return cellsExposed;
3258 }
3259
3260
3261 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3262 {
3263 int x, y, row;
3264 wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
3265 CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
3266
3267 if ( event.Dragging() )
3268 {
3269 if (!m_isDragging)
3270 {
3271 m_isDragging = true;
3272 m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
3273 }
3274
3275 if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
3276 {
3277 switch ( m_cursorMode )
3278 {
3279 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
3280 {
3281 int cw, ch, left, dummy;
3282 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3283 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
3284
3285 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
3286 PrepareDC( dc );
3287 y = wxMax( y,
3288 GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
3289 GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
3290 dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
3291 if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
3292 {
3293 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
3294 }
3295 dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
3296 m_dragLastPos = y;
3297 }
3298 break;
3299
3300 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
3301 {
3302 if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
3303 {
3304 if ( m_selection )
3305 m_selection->SelectRow(row, event);
3306 }
3307 }
3308 break;
3309
3310 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
3311 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
3312 default:
3313 break;
3314 }
3315 }
3316 return;
3317 }
3318
3319 if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
3320 return;
3321
3322 if (m_isDragging)
3323 {
3324 if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
3325 m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
3326 m_isDragging = false;
3327 }
3328
3329 // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
3330 //
3331 if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
3332 {
3333 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
3334 }
3335
3336 // ------------ Left button pressed
3337 //
3338 else if ( event.LeftDown() )
3339 {
3340 row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
3341 if ( row != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragRowSize(row) )
3342 {
3343 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
3344 }
3345 else // not a request to start resizing
3346 {
3347 row = YToRow(y);
3348 if ( row >= 0 &&
3349 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3350 {
3351 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
3352 ClearSelection();
3353 if ( m_selection )
3354 {
3355 if ( event.ShiftDown() )
3356 {
3357 m_selection->SelectBlock
3358 (
3359 m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), 0,
3360 row, GetNumberCols() - 1,
3361 event
3362 );
3363 }
3364 else
3365 {
3366 m_selection->SelectRow(row, event);
3367 }
3368 }
3369
3370 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
3371 }
3372 }
3373 }
3374
3375 // ------------ Left double click
3376 //
3377 else if (event.LeftDClick() )
3378 {
3379 row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
3380 if ( row != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragRowSize(row) )
3381 {
3382 // adjust row height depending on label text
3383 //
3384 // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
3385 AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
3386
3387 SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, row, -1, event);
3388
3389 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3390 m_dragLastPos = -1;
3391 }
3392 else // not on row separator or it's not resizable
3393 {
3394 row = YToRow(y);
3395 if ( row >=0 &&
3396 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3397 {
3398 // no default action at the moment
3399 }
3400 }
3401 }
3402
3403 // ------------ Left button released
3404 //
3405 else if ( event.LeftUp() )
3406 {
3407 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
3408 DoEndDragResizeRow(event);
3409
3410 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
3411 m_dragLastPos = -1;
3412 }
3413
3414 // ------------ Right button down
3415 //
3416 else if ( event.RightDown() )
3417 {
3418 row = YToRow(y);
3419 if ( row >=0 &&
3420 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3421 {
3422 // no default action at the moment
3423 }
3424 }
3425
3426 // ------------ Right double click
3427 //
3428 else if ( event.RightDClick() )
3429 {
3430 row = YToRow(y);
3431 if ( row >= 0 &&
3432 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3433 {
3434 // no default action at the moment
3435 }
3436 }
3437
3438 // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
3439 //
3440 else if ( event.Moving() )
3441 {
3442 m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
3443 if ( m_dragRowOrCol != wxNOT_FOUND )
3444 {
3445 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3446 {
3447 if ( CanDragRowSize(m_dragRowOrCol) )
3448 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
3449 }
3450 }
3451 else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3452 {
3453 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
3454 }
3455 }
3456 }
3457
3458 void wxGrid::UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(int col)
3459 {
3460 wxCHECK_RET( col != wxNOT_FOUND, "invalid column index" );
3461
3462 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
3463 GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
3464 else if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
3465 m_colWindow->Refresh();
3466 //else: sorting indicator display not yet implemented in grid version
3467 }
3468
3469 void wxGrid::SetSortingColumn(int col, bool ascending)
3470 {
3471 if ( col == m_sortCol )
3472 {
3473 // we are already using this column for sorting (or not sorting at all)
3474 // but we might still change the sorting order, check for it
3475 if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND && ascending != m_sortIsAscending )
3476 {
3477 m_sortIsAscending = ascending;
3478
3479 UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol);
3480 }
3481 }
3482 else // we're changing the column used for sorting
3483 {
3484 const int sortColOld = m_sortCol;
3485
3486 // change it before updating the column as we want GetSortingColumn()
3487 // to return the correct new value
3488 m_sortCol = col;
3489
3490 if ( sortColOld != wxNOT_FOUND )
3491 UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(sortColOld);
3492
3493 if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND )
3494 {
3495 m_sortIsAscending = ascending;
3496 UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol);
3497 }
3498 }
3499 }
3500
3501 void wxGrid::DoColHeaderClick(int col)
3502 {
3503 // we consider that the grid was resorted if this event is processed and
3504 // not vetoed
3505 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, -1, col) == 1 )
3506 {
3507 SetSortingColumn(col, IsSortingBy(col) ? !m_sortIsAscending : true);
3508 Refresh();
3509 }
3510 }
3511
3512 void wxGrid::DoStartResizeCol(int col)
3513 {
3514 m_dragRowOrCol = col;
3515 m_dragLastPos = -1;
3516 DoUpdateResizeColWidth(GetColWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
3517 }
3518
3519 void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeCol(int x)
3520 {
3521 int cw, ch, dummy, top;
3522 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3523 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
3524
3525 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
3526 PrepareDC( dc );
3527
3528 x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
3529 dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
3530 if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
3531 {
3532 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
3533 }
3534 dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
3535 m_dragLastPos = x;
3536 }
3537
3538 void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeColWidth(int w)
3539 {
3540 DoUpdateResizeCol(GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + w);
3541 }
3542
3543 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3544 {
3545 int x;
3546 CalcUnscrolledPosition( event.GetPosition().x, 0, &x, NULL );
3547
3548 int col = XToCol(x);
3549 if ( event.Dragging() )
3550 {
3551 if (!m_isDragging)
3552 {
3553 m_isDragging = true;
3554 GetColLabelWindow()->CaptureMouse();
3555
3556 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL && col != -1 )
3557 DoStartMoveCol(col);
3558 }
3559
3560 if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
3561 {
3562 switch ( m_cursorMode )
3563 {
3564 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
3565 DoUpdateResizeCol(x);
3566 break;
3567
3568 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
3569 {
3570 if ( col != -1 )
3571 {
3572 if ( m_selection )
3573 m_selection->SelectCol(col, event);
3574 }
3575 }
3576 break;
3577
3578 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
3579 {
3580 int posNew = XToPos(x);
3581 int colNew = GetColAt(posNew);
3582
3583 // determine the position of the drop marker
3584 int markerX;
3585 if ( x >= GetColLeft(colNew) + (GetColWidth(colNew) / 2) )
3586 markerX = GetColRight(colNew);
3587 else
3588 markerX = GetColLeft(colNew);
3589
3590 if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
3591 {
3592 wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() );
3593 DoPrepareDC(dc);
3594
3595 int cw, ch;
3596 GetColLabelWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3597
3598 markerX++;
3599
3600 //Clean up the last indicator
3601 if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
3602 {
3603 wxPen pen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
3604 dc.SetPen(pen);
3605 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
3606 dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
3607
3608 if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
3609 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
3610 }
3611
3612 const wxColour *color;
3613 //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
3614 if ( colNew == m_dragRowOrCol )
3615 color = wxLIGHT_GREY;
3616 else
3617 color = wxBLUE;
3618
3619 //Draw the marker
3620 wxPen pen( *color, 2 );
3621 dc.SetPen(pen);
3622
3623 dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
3624
3625 dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
3626
3627 m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
3628 }
3629 }
3630 break;
3631
3632 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
3633 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
3634 default:
3635 break;
3636 }
3637 }
3638 return;
3639 }
3640
3641 if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
3642 return;
3643
3644 if (m_isDragging)
3645 {
3646 if (GetColLabelWindow()->HasCapture())
3647 GetColLabelWindow()->ReleaseMouse();
3648 m_isDragging = false;
3649 }
3650
3651 // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
3652 //
3653 if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
3654 {
3655 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3656 }
3657
3658 // ------------ Left button pressed
3659 //
3660 else if ( event.LeftDown() )
3661 {
3662 int colEdge = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
3663 if ( colEdge != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragColSize(colEdge) )
3664 {
3665 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
3666 }
3667 else // not a request to start resizing
3668 {
3669 if ( col >= 0 &&
3670 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3671 {
3672 if ( m_canDragColMove )
3673 {
3674 //Show button as pressed
3675 wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() );
3676 int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
3677 int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
3678 dc.SetPen( wxPen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
3679 dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
3680 dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
3681
3682 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
3683 }
3684 else
3685 {
3686 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
3687 ClearSelection();
3688 if ( m_selection )
3689 {
3690 if ( event.ShiftDown() )
3691 {
3692 m_selection->SelectBlock
3693 (
3694 0, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
3695 GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
3696 event
3697 );
3698 }
3699 else
3700 {
3701 m_selection->SelectCol(col, event);
3702 }
3703 }
3704
3705 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
3706 }
3707 }
3708 }
3709 }
3710
3711 // ------------ Left double click
3712 //
3713 if ( event.LeftDClick() )
3714 {
3715 const int colEdge = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
3716 if ( colEdge == -1 )
3717 {
3718 if ( col >= 0 &&
3719 ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3720 {
3721 // no default action at the moment
3722 }
3723 }
3724 else
3725 {
3726 // adjust column width depending on label text
3727 //
3728 // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
3729 if ( !SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_AUTO_SIZE, -1, colEdge, event) )
3730 AutoSizeColLabelSize( colEdge );
3731
3732 SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, colEdge, event);
3733
3734 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3735 m_dragLastPos = -1;
3736 }
3737 }
3738
3739 // ------------ Left button released
3740 //
3741 else if ( event.LeftUp() )
3742 {
3743 switch ( m_cursorMode )
3744 {
3745 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
3746 DoEndDragResizeCol(event);
3747 break;
3748
3749 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
3750 if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 || col == m_dragRowOrCol )
3751 {
3752 // the column didn't actually move anywhere
3753 if ( col != -1 )
3754 DoColHeaderClick(col);
3755 m_colWindow->Refresh(); // "unpress" the column
3756 }
3757 else
3758 {
3759 // get the position of the column we're over
3760 int pos = XToPos(x);
3761
3762 // we may need to adjust the drop position but don't bother
3763 // checking for it if we can't anyhow
3764 if ( pos > 1 )
3765 {
3766 // also find the index of the column we're over: notice
3767 // that the existing "col" variable may be invalid but
3768 // we need a valid one here
3769 const int colValid = GetColAt(pos);
3770
3771 // if we're on the "near" (usually left but right in
3772 // RTL case) part of the column, the actual position we
3773 // should be placed in is actually the one before it
3774 bool onNearPart;
3775 const int middle = GetColLeft(colValid) +
3776 GetColWidth(colValid)/2;
3777 if ( GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_LeftToRight )
3778 onNearPart = (x <= middle);
3779 else // wxLayout_RightToLeft
3780 onNearPart = (x > middle);
3781
3782 if ( onNearPart )
3783 pos--;
3784 }
3785
3786 DoEndMoveCol(pos);
3787 }
3788 break;
3789
3790 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
3791 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
3792 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
3793 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
3794 if ( col != -1 )
3795 DoColHeaderClick(col);
3796 break;
3797 }
3798
3799 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3800 m_dragLastPos = -1;
3801 }
3802
3803 // ------------ Right button down
3804 //
3805 else if ( event.RightDown() )
3806 {
3807 if ( col >= 0 &&
3808 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3809 {
3810 // no default action at the moment
3811 }
3812 }
3813
3814 // ------------ Right double click
3815 //
3816 else if ( event.RightDClick() )
3817 {
3818 if ( col >= 0 &&
3819 !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3820 {
3821 // no default action at the moment
3822 }
3823 }
3824
3825 // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
3826 //
3827 else if ( event.Moving() )
3828 {
3829 m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
3830 if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
3831 {
3832 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3833 {
3834 if ( CanDragColSize(m_dragRowOrCol) )
3835 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow(), false);
3836 }
3837 }
3838 else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3839 {
3840 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow(), false);
3841 }
3842 }
3843 }
3844
3845 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3846 {
3847 if ( event.LeftDown() )
3848 {
3849 // indicate corner label by having both row and
3850 // col args == -1
3851 //
3852 if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
3853 {
3854 SelectAll();
3855 }
3856 }
3857 else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
3858 {
3859 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
3860 }
3861 else if ( event.RightDown() )
3862 {
3863 if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
3864 {
3865 // no default action at the moment
3866 }
3867 }
3868 else if ( event.RightDClick() )
3869 {
3870 if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
3871 {
3872 // no default action at the moment
3873 }
3874 }
3875 }
3876
3877 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
3878 {
3879 // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
3880 if ( m_winCapture )
3881 {
3882 m_isDragging = false;
3883 m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
3884
3885 m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
3886 m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
3887 m_winCapture = NULL;
3888
3889 // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
3890 Refresh();
3891 }
3892 }
3893
3894 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
3895 wxWindow *win,
3896 bool captureMouse)
3897 {
3898 #if wxUSE_LOG_TRACE
3899 static const wxChar *const cursorModes[] =
3900 {
3901 wxT("SELECT_CELL"),
3902 wxT("RESIZE_ROW"),
3903 wxT("RESIZE_COL"),
3904 wxT("SELECT_ROW"),
3905 wxT("SELECT_COL"),
3906 wxT("MOVE_COL"),
3907 };
3908
3909 wxLogTrace(wxT("grid"),
3910 wxT("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
3911 win == m_colWindow ? wxT("colLabelWin")
3912 : win ? wxT("rowLabelWin")
3913 : wxT("gridWin"),
3914 cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
3915 #endif // wxUSE_LOG_TRACE
3916
3917 if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
3918 win == m_winCapture &&
3919 captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
3920 return;
3921
3922 if ( !win )
3923 {
3924 // by default use the grid itself
3925 win = m_gridWin;
3926 }
3927
3928 if ( m_winCapture )
3929 {
3930 m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
3931 m_winCapture = NULL;
3932 }
3933
3934 m_cursorMode = mode;
3935
3936 switch ( m_cursorMode )
3937 {
3938 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
3939 win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
3940 break;
3941
3942 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
3943 win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
3944 break;
3945
3946 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
3947 win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
3948 break;
3949
3950 default:
3951 win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
3952 break;
3953 }
3954
3955 // we need to capture mouse when resizing
3956 bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
3957 m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
3958
3959 if ( captureMouse && resize )
3960 {
3961 win->CaptureMouse();
3962 m_winCapture = win;
3963 }
3964 }
3965
3966 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3967 // grid mouse event processing
3968 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3969
3970 bool
3971 wxGrid::DoGridCellDrag(wxMouseEvent& event,
3972 const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
3973 bool isFirstDrag)
3974 {
3975 bool performDefault = true ;
3976
3977 if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
3978 return performDefault; // we're outside any valid cell
3979
3980 // Hide the edit control, so it won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
3981 if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
3982 {
3983 HideCellEditControl();
3984 SaveEditControlValue();
3985 }
3986
3987 switch ( event.GetModifiers() )
3988 {
3989 case wxMOD_CONTROL:
3990 if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords)
3991 m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
3992 UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_selectedBlockCorner, coords);
3993 break;
3994
3995 case wxMOD_NONE:
3996 if ( CanDragCell() )
3997 {
3998 if ( isFirstDrag )
3999 {
4000 if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords)
4001 m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
4002
4003 // if event is handled by user code, no further processing
4004 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, coords, event) != 0 )
4005 performDefault = false;
4006
4007 return performDefault;
4008 }
4009 }
4010
4011 UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
4012 break;
4013
4014 default:
4015 // we don't handle the other key modifiers
4016 event.Skip();
4017 }
4018
4019 return performDefault;
4020 }
4021
4022 void wxGrid::DoGridLineDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridOperations& oper)
4023 {
4024 wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
4025 PrepareDC(dc);
4026 dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
4027
4028 const wxRect rectWin(CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0)),
4029 m_gridWin->GetClientSize());
4030
4031 // erase the previously drawn line, if any
4032 if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
4033 oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos);
4034
4035 // we need the vertical position for rows and horizontal for columns here
4036 m_dragLastPos = oper.Dual().Select(CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition()));
4037
4038 // don't allow resizing beneath the minimal size
4039 const int posMin = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol) +
4040 oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol);
4041 if ( m_dragLastPos < posMin )
4042 m_dragLastPos = posMin;
4043
4044 // and draw it at the new position
4045 oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos);
4046 }
4047
4048 void wxGrid::DoGridDragEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords)
4049 {
4050 if ( !m_isDragging )
4051 {
4052 // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged far
4053 // enough
4054 const wxPoint& pt = event.GetPosition();
4055 if ( m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition )
4056 {
4057 m_startDragPos = pt;
4058 return;
4059 }
4060
4061 if ( abs(m_startDragPos.x - pt.x) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY &&
4062 abs(m_startDragPos.y - pt.y) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY )
4063 return;
4064 }
4065
4066 const bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
4067 m_isDragging = true;
4068
4069 switch ( m_cursorMode )
4070 {
4071 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
4072 // no further handling if handled by user
4073 if ( DoGridCellDrag(event, coords, isFirstDrag) == false )
4074 return;
4075 break;
4076
4077 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
4078 DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridRowOperations());
4079 break;
4080
4081 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
4082 DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridColumnOperations());
4083 break;
4084
4085 default:
4086 event.Skip();
4087 }
4088
4089 if ( isFirstDrag )
4090 {
4091 wxASSERT_MSG( !m_winCapture, "shouldn't capture the mouse twice" );
4092
4093 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
4094 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
4095 }
4096 }
4097
4098 void
4099 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event,
4100 const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
4101 const wxPoint& pos)
4102 {
4103 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, coords, event) )
4104 {
4105 // event handled by user code, no need to do anything here
4106 return;
4107 }
4108
4109 if ( !event.CmdDown() )
4110 ClearSelection();
4111
4112 if ( event.ShiftDown() )
4113 {
4114 if ( m_selection )
4115 {
4116 m_selection->SelectBlock(m_currentCellCoords, coords, event);
4117 m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
4118 }
4119 }
4120 else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 )
4121 {
4122 DisableCellEditControl();
4123 MakeCellVisible( coords );
4124
4125 if ( event.CmdDown() )
4126 {
4127 if ( m_selection )
4128 {
4129 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(coords, event);
4130 }
4131
4132 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4133 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4134 m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
4135 }
4136 else
4137 {
4138 if ( m_selection )
4139 {
4140 // In row or column selection mode just clicking on the cell
4141 // should select the row or column containing it: this is more
4142 // convenient for the kinds of controls that use such selection
4143 // mode and is compatible with 2.8 behaviour (see #12062).
4144 switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() )
4145 {
4146 case wxGridSelectCells:
4147 case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns:
4148 // nothing to do in these cases
4149 break;
4150
4151 case wxGridSelectRows:
4152 m_selection->SelectRow(coords.GetRow());
4153 break;
4154
4155 case wxGridSelectColumns:
4156 m_selection->SelectCol(coords.GetCol());
4157 break;
4158 }
4159 }
4160
4161 m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords &&
4162 coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
4163 SetCurrentCell( coords );
4164 }
4165 }
4166 }
4167
4168 void
4169 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event,
4170 const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
4171 const wxPoint& pos)
4172 {
4173 if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 )
4174 {
4175 if ( !SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, coords, event) )
4176 {
4177 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
4178 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
4179 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
4180 }
4181 }
4182 }
4183
4184 void
4185 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords)
4186 {
4187 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
4188 {
4189 if (m_winCapture)
4190 {
4191 m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
4192 m_winCapture = NULL;
4193 }
4194
4195 if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
4196 {
4197 ClearSelection();
4198 EnableCellEditControl();
4199
4200 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
4201 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
4202 editor->StartingClick();
4203 editor->DecRef();
4204 attr->DecRef();
4205
4206 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4207 }
4208 else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
4209 m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
4210 {
4211 if ( m_selection )
4212 {
4213 m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
4214 m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
4215 event );
4216 }
4217
4218 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4219 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4220
4221 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
4222 // drag-shrinking.
4223 ShowCellEditControl();
4224 }
4225 }
4226 else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
4227 {
4228 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4229 DoEndDragResizeRow(event);
4230 }
4231 else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
4232 {
4233 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4234 DoEndDragResizeCol(event);
4235 }
4236
4237 m_dragLastPos = -1;
4238 }
4239
4240 void
4241 wxGrid::DoGridMouseMoveEvent(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event),
4242 const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
4243 const wxPoint& pos)
4244 {
4245 if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
4246 {
4247 // out of grid cell area
4248 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4249 return;
4250 }
4251
4252 int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( pos.y );
4253 int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( pos.x );
4254
4255 // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
4256 // directions is not implemented yet...
4257 //
4258 if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
4259 {
4260 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4261 return;
4262 }
4263
4264 if ( dragRow >= 0 && CanDragGridSize() && CanDragRowSize(dragRow) )
4265 {
4266 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
4267 {
4268 m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
4269 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
4270 }
4271 }
4272 // When using the native header window we can only resize the columns by
4273 // dragging the dividers in it because we can't make it enter into the
4274 // column resizing mode programmatically
4275 else if ( dragCol >= 0 && !m_useNativeHeader &&
4276 CanDragGridSize() && CanDragColSize(dragCol) )
4277 {
4278 if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
4279 {
4280 m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
4281 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
4282 }
4283 }
4284 else // Neither on a row or col edge
4285 {
4286 if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
4287 {
4288 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
4289 }
4290 }
4291 }
4292
4293 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
4294 {
4295 if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
4296 {
4297 // we don't care about these events but we must not reset m_isDragging
4298 // if they happen so return before anything else is done
4299 event.Skip();
4300 return;
4301 }
4302
4303 const wxPoint pos = CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition());
4304
4305 // coordinates of the cell under mouse
4306 wxGridCellCoords coords = XYToCell(pos);
4307
4308 int cell_rows, cell_cols;
4309 GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
4310 if ( (cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0) )
4311 {
4312 coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
4313 coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
4314 }
4315
4316 if ( event.Dragging() )
4317 {
4318 if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
4319 DoGridDragEvent(event, coords);
4320 else
4321 event.Skip();
4322 return;
4323 }
4324
4325 m_isDragging = false;
4326 m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4327
4328 // deal with various button presses
4329 if ( event.IsButton() )
4330 {
4331 if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
4332 {
4333 DisableCellEditControl();
4334
4335 if ( event.LeftDown() )
4336 DoGridCellLeftDown(event, coords, pos);
4337 else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
4338 DoGridCellLeftDClick(event, coords, pos);
4339 else if ( event.RightDown() )
4340 SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, coords, event);
4341 else if ( event.RightDClick() )
4342 SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, coords, event);
4343 }
4344
4345 // this one should be called even if we're not over any cell
4346 if ( event.LeftUp() )
4347 {
4348 DoGridCellLeftUp(event, coords);
4349 }
4350 }
4351 else if ( event.Moving() )
4352 {
4353 DoGridMouseMoveEvent(event, coords, pos);
4354 }
4355 else // unknown mouse event?
4356 {
4357 event.Skip();
4358 }
4359 }
4360
4361 // this function returns true only if the size really changed
4362 bool wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeLine(const wxGridOperations& oper)
4363 {
4364 if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 )
4365 return false;
4366
4367 const wxGridOperations& doper = oper.Dual();
4368
4369 const wxSize size = m_gridWin->GetClientSize();
4370
4371 const wxPoint ptOrigin = CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0));
4372
4373 // erase the last line we drew
4374 wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
4375 PrepareDC(dc);
4376 dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
4377
4378 const int posLineStart = oper.Select(ptOrigin);
4379 const int posLineEnd = oper.Select(ptOrigin) + oper.Select(size);
4380
4381 oper.DrawParallelLine(dc, posLineStart, posLineEnd, m_dragLastPos);
4382
4383 // temporarily hide the edit control before resizing
4384 HideCellEditControl();
4385 SaveEditControlValue();
4386
4387 // do resize the line
4388 const int lineStart = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol);
4389 const int lineSizeOld = oper.GetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol);
4390 oper.SetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol,
4391 wxMax(m_dragLastPos - lineStart,
4392 oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol)));
4393 const bool
4394 sizeChanged = oper.GetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol) != lineSizeOld;
4395
4396 m_dragLastPos = -1;
4397
4398 // refresh now if we're not frozen
4399 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4400 {
4401 // we need to refresh everything beyond the resized line in the header
4402 // window
4403
4404 // get the position from which to refresh in the other direction
4405 wxRect rect(CellToRect(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, 0)));
4406 rect.SetPosition(CalcScrolledPosition(rect.GetPosition()));
4407
4408 // we only need the ordinate (for rows) or abscissa (for columns) here,
4409 // and need to cover the entire window in the other direction
4410 oper.Select(rect) = 0;
4411
4412 wxRect rectHeader(rect.GetPosition(),
4413 oper.MakeSize
4414 (
4415 oper.GetHeaderWindowSize(this),
4416 doper.Select(size) - doper.Select(rect)
4417 ));
4418
4419 oper.GetHeaderWindow(this)->Refresh(true, &rectHeader);
4420
4421
4422 // also refresh the grid window: extend the rectangle
4423 if ( m_table )
4424 {
4425 oper.SelectSize(rect) = oper.Select(size);
4426
4427 int subtractLines = 0;
4428 int line = doper.PosToLine(this, posLineStart);
4429 if ( line >= 0 )
4430 {
4431 // ensure that if we have a multi-cell block we redraw all of
4432 // it by increasing the refresh area to cover it entirely if a
4433 // part of it is affected
4434 const int lineEnd = doper.PosToLine(this, posLineEnd, true);
4435 for ( ; line < lineEnd; line++ )
4436 {
4437 int cellLines = oper.Select(
4438 GetCellSize(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, line)));
4439 if ( cellLines < subtractLines )
4440 subtractLines = cellLines;
4441 }
4442 }
4443
4444 int startPos =
4445 oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol + subtractLines);
4446 startPos = doper.CalcScrolledPosition(this, startPos);
4447
4448 doper.Select(rect) = startPos;
4449 doper.SelectSize(rect) = doper.Select(size) - startPos;
4450
4451 m_gridWin->Refresh(false, &rect);
4452 }
4453 }
4454
4455 // show the edit control back again
4456 ShowCellEditControl();
4457
4458 return sizeChanged;
4459 }
4460
4461 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow(const wxMouseEvent& event)
4462 {
4463 // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
4464
4465 if ( DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridRowOperations()) )
4466 SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event);
4467 }
4468
4469 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol(const wxMouseEvent& event)
4470 {
4471 // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
4472
4473 if ( DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridColumnOperations()) )
4474 SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event);
4475 }
4476
4477 void wxGrid::DoStartMoveCol(int col)
4478 {
4479 m_dragRowOrCol = col;
4480 }
4481
4482 void wxGrid::DoEndMoveCol(int pos)
4483 {
4484 wxASSERT_MSG( m_dragRowOrCol != -1, "no matching DoStartMoveCol?" );
4485
4486 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol) != -1 )
4487 SetColPos(m_dragRowOrCol, pos);
4488 //else: vetoed by user
4489
4490 m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4491 }
4492
4493 void wxGrid::RefreshAfterColPosChange()
4494 {
4495 // recalculate the column rights as the column positions have changed,
4496 // unless we calculate them dynamically because all columns widths are the
4497 // same and it's easy to do
4498 if ( !m_colWidths.empty() )
4499 {
4500 int colRight = 0;
4501 for ( int colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4502 {
4503 int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
4504
4505 colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
4506 m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
4507 }
4508 }
4509
4510 // and make the changes visible
4511 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
4512 {
4513 if ( m_colAt.empty() )
4514 GetGridColHeader()->ResetColumnsOrder();
4515 else
4516 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnsOrder(m_colAt);
4517 }
4518 else
4519 {
4520 m_colWindow->Refresh();
4521 }
4522 m_gridWin->Refresh();
4523 }
4524
4525 void wxGrid::SetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order)
4526 {
4527 m_colAt = order;
4528
4529 RefreshAfterColPosChange();
4530 }
4531
4532 void wxGrid::SetColPos(int idx, int pos)
4533 {
4534 // we're going to need m_colAt now, initialize it if needed
4535 if ( m_colAt.empty() )
4536 {
4537 m_colAt.reserve(m_numCols);
4538 for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4539 m_colAt.push_back(i);
4540 }
4541
4542 wxHeaderCtrl::MoveColumnInOrderArray(m_colAt, idx, pos);
4543
4544 RefreshAfterColPosChange();
4545 }
4546
4547 void wxGrid::ResetColPos()
4548 {
4549 m_colAt.clear();
4550
4551 RefreshAfterColPosChange();
4552 }
4553
4554 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
4555 {
4556 if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
4557 return;
4558
4559 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
4560 {
4561 // update all columns to make them [not] reorderable
4562 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
4563 }
4564
4565 m_canDragColMove = enable;
4566
4567 // we use to call ResetColPos() from here if !enable but this doesn't seem
4568 // right as it would mean there would be no way to "freeze" the current
4569 // columns order by disabling moving them after putting them in the desired
4570 // order, whereas now you can always call ResetColPos() manually if needed
4571 }
4572
4573
4574 //
4575 // ------ interaction with data model
4576 //
4577 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4578 {
4579 switch ( msg.GetId() )
4580 {
4581 case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
4582 return GetModelValues();
4583
4584 case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
4585 return SetModelValues();
4586
4587 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4588 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4589 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4590 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4591 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4592 case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4593 return Redimension( msg );
4594
4595 default:
4596 return false;
4597 }
4598 }
4599
4600 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
4601 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
4602 // behaviour is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
4603 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
4604 //
4605 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
4606 {
4607 if ( m_table )
4608 {
4609 if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
4610 DisableCellEditControl();
4611
4612 m_table->Clear();
4613 if (!GetBatchCount())
4614 m_gridWin->Refresh();
4615 }
4616 }
4617
4618 bool
4619 wxGrid::DoModifyLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcModify)(size_t, size_t),
4620 int pos, int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
4621 {
4622 wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" );
4623
4624 if ( !m_table )
4625 return false;
4626
4627 if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
4628 DisableCellEditControl();
4629
4630 return (m_table->*funcModify)(pos, num);
4631
4632 // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
4633 // operation to this view object as a grid table message
4634 }
4635
4636 bool
4637 wxGrid::DoAppendLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcAppend)(size_t),
4638 int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels))
4639 {
4640 wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" );
4641
4642 if ( !m_table )
4643 return false;
4644
4645 return (m_table->*funcAppend)(num);
4646 }
4647
4648 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4649 // event generation helpers
4650 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4651
4652 bool
4653 wxGrid::SendGridSizeEvent(wxEventType type,
4654 int row, int col,
4655 const wxMouseEvent& mouseEv)
4656 {
4657 int rowOrCol = row == -1 ? col : row;
4658
4659 wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4660 type,
4661 this,
4662 rowOrCol,
4663 mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
4664 mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
4665 mouseEv);
4666
4667 return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4668 }
4669
4670 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and return:
4671 // -1 if the event was vetoed
4672 // +1 if the event was processed (but not vetoed)
4673 // 0 if the event wasn't handled
4674 int
4675 wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type,
4676 int row, int col,
4677 const wxMouseEvent& mouseEv)
4678 {
4679 bool claimed, vetoed;
4680
4681 if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
4682 {
4683 // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
4684 wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4685 type,
4686 this,
4687 m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
4688 m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
4689 true,
4690 mouseEv);
4691
4692 claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4693 vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
4694 }
4695 else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
4696 type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
4697 type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
4698 type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
4699 {
4700 wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
4701
4702 if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
4703 pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
4704 if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
4705 pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
4706
4707 wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4708 type,
4709 this,
4710 row, col,
4711 pos.x,
4712 pos.y,
4713 false,
4714 mouseEv);
4715 claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4716 vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
4717 }
4718 else
4719 {
4720 wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4721 type,
4722 this,
4723 row, col,
4724 mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
4725 mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
4726 false,
4727 mouseEv);
4728
4729 if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG )
4730 {
4731 // by default the dragging is not supported, the user code must
4732 // explicitly allow the event for it to take place
4733 gridEvt.Veto();
4734 }
4735
4736 claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4737 vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
4738 }
4739
4740 // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
4741 if (vetoed)
4742 return -1;
4743
4744 return claimed ? 1 : 0;
4745 }
4746
4747 // Generate a grid event of specified type, return value same as above
4748 //
4749 int
4750 wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type, int row, int col, const wxString& s)
4751 {
4752 wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
4753 gridEvt.SetString(s);
4754
4755 const bool claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4756
4757 // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
4758 if ( !gridEvt.IsAllowed() )
4759 return -1;
4760
4761 return claimed ? 1 : 0;
4762 }
4763
4764 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4765 {
4766 // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
4767 wxPaintDC dc(this);
4768 }
4769
4770 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
4771 {
4772 // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
4773 // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
4774 if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() )
4775 {
4776 // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
4777 wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
4778
4779 if (rect)
4780 {
4781 int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
4782 int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
4783 int x, y;
4784
4785 // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
4786 rect_x = rect->GetX();
4787 rect_y = rect->GetY();
4788 rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
4789 rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
4790
4791 width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
4792 if (width_label > rectWidth)
4793 width_label = rectWidth;
4794
4795 height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
4796 if (height_label > rectHeight)
4797 height_label = rectHeight;
4798
4799 if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
4800 {
4801 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
4802 width_cell = rectWidth;
4803 }
4804 else
4805 {
4806 x = 0;
4807 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
4808 }
4809
4810 if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
4811 {
4812 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
4813 height_cell = rectHeight;
4814 }
4815 else
4816 {
4817 y = 0;
4818 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
4819 }
4820
4821 // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
4822 if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
4823 {
4824 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
4825 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4826 }
4827
4828 // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
4829 if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
4830 {
4831 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
4832 m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4833 }
4834
4835 // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
4836 if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
4837 {
4838 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
4839 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4840 }
4841
4842 // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
4843 if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
4844 {
4845 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
4846 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4847 }
4848 }
4849 else
4850 {
4851 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4852 m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4853 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4854 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4855 }
4856 }
4857 }
4858
4859 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
4860 {
4861 if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
4862 {
4863 // reposition our children windows
4864 CalcWindowSizes();
4865 }
4866 }
4867
4868 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4869 {
4870 if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
4871 {
4872 // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
4873 //
4874 wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
4875 }
4876
4877 m_inOnKeyDown = true;
4878
4879 // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
4880 wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
4881 wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
4882 keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
4883
4884 if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
4885 {
4886 if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
4887 {
4888 if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
4889 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
4890 else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
4891 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
4892 }
4893
4894 // try local handlers
4895 switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
4896 {
4897 case WXK_UP:
4898 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4899 MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4900 else
4901 MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
4902 break;
4903
4904 case WXK_DOWN:
4905 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4906 MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4907 else
4908 MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
4909 break;
4910
4911 case WXK_LEFT:
4912 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4913 MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4914 else
4915 MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
4916 break;
4917
4918 case WXK_RIGHT:
4919 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4920 MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4921 else
4922 MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
4923 break;
4924
4925 case WXK_RETURN:
4926 case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
4927 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4928 {
4929 event.Skip(); // to let the edit control have the return
4930 }
4931 else
4932 {
4933 if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
4934 {
4935 MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
4936 }
4937 else
4938 {
4939 // at the bottom of a column
4940 DisableCellEditControl();
4941 }
4942 }
4943 break;
4944
4945 case WXK_ESCAPE:
4946 ClearSelection();
4947 break;
4948
4949 case WXK_TAB:
4950 {
4951 // send an event to the grid's parents for custom handling
4952 wxGridEvent gridEvt(GetId(), wxEVT_GRID_TABBING, this,
4953 GetGridCursorRow(), GetGridCursorCol(),
4954 -1, -1, false, event);
4955 if ( ProcessWindowEvent(gridEvt) )
4956 {
4957 // the event has been handled so no need for more processing
4958 break;
4959 }
4960 }
4961 DoGridProcessTab( event );
4962 break;
4963
4964 case WXK_HOME:
4965 GoToCell(event.ControlDown() ? 0
4966 : m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
4967 0);
4968 break;
4969
4970 case WXK_END:
4971 GoToCell(event.ControlDown() ? m_numRows - 1
4972 : m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
4973 m_numCols - 1);
4974 break;
4975
4976 case WXK_PAGEUP:
4977 MovePageUp();
4978 break;
4979
4980 case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
4981 MovePageDown();
4982 break;
4983
4984 case WXK_SPACE:
4985 // Ctrl-Space selects the current column, Shift-Space -- the
4986 // current row and Ctrl-Shift-Space -- everything
4987 switch ( m_selection ? event.GetModifiers() : wxMOD_NONE )
4988 {
4989 case wxMOD_CONTROL:
4990 m_selection->SelectCol(m_currentCellCoords.GetCol());
4991 break;
4992
4993 case wxMOD_SHIFT:
4994 m_selection->SelectRow(m_currentCellCoords.GetRow());
4995 break;
4996
4997 case wxMOD_CONTROL | wxMOD_SHIFT:
4998 m_selection->SelectBlock(0, 0,
4999 m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1);
5000 break;
5001
5002 case wxMOD_NONE:
5003 if ( !IsEditable() )
5004 {
5005 MoveCursorRight(false);
5006 break;
5007 }
5008 //else: fall through
5009
5010 default:
5011 event.Skip();
5012 }
5013 break;
5014
5015 default:
5016 event.Skip();
5017 break;
5018 }
5019 }
5020
5021 m_inOnKeyDown = false;
5022 }
5023
5024 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
5025 {
5026 // try local handlers
5027 //
5028 if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
5029 {
5030 if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
5031 m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5032 {
5033 if ( m_selection )
5034 {
5035 m_selection->SelectBlock(
5036 m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
5037 m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
5038 event);
5039 }
5040 }
5041
5042 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5043 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5044 m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5045 }
5046 }
5047
5048 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
5049 {
5050 // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
5051 if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
5052 {
5053 // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
5054 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
5055 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
5056 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
5057 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
5058
5059 // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
5060 // other keys - ask the editor itself
5061 if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
5062 || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
5063 {
5064 // ensure cell is visble
5065 MakeCellVisible(row, col);
5066 EnableCellEditControl();
5067
5068 // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
5069 // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
5070 // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
5071 // crash the app
5072 if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
5073 editor->StartingKey(event);
5074 }
5075 else
5076 {
5077 event.Skip();
5078 }
5079
5080 editor->DecRef();
5081 attr->DecRef();
5082 }
5083 else
5084 {
5085 event.Skip();
5086 }
5087 }
5088
5089 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
5090 {
5091 }
5092
5093 void wxGrid::DoGridProcessTab(wxKeyboardState& kbdState)
5094 {
5095 const bool isForwardTab = !kbdState.ShiftDown();
5096
5097 // TAB processing only changes when we are at the borders of the grid, so
5098 // let's first handle the common behaviour when we are not at the border.
5099 if ( isForwardTab )
5100 {
5101 if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
5102 {
5103 MoveCursorRight( false );
5104 return;
5105 }
5106 }
5107 else // going back
5108 {
5109 if ( GetGridCursorCol() )
5110 {
5111 MoveCursorLeft( false );
5112 return;
5113 }
5114 }
5115
5116
5117 // We only get here if the cursor is at the border of the grid, apply the
5118 // configured behaviour.
5119 switch ( m_tabBehaviour )
5120 {
5121 case Tab_Stop:
5122 // Nothing special to do, we remain at the current cell.
5123 break;
5124
5125 case Tab_Wrap:
5126 // Go to the beginning of the next or the end of the previous row.
5127 if ( isForwardTab )
5128 {
5129 if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows() - 1 )
5130 {
5131 GoToCell( GetGridCursorRow() + 1, 0 );
5132 return;
5133 }
5134 }
5135 else
5136 {
5137 if ( GetGridCursorRow() > 0 )
5138 {
5139 GoToCell( GetGridCursorRow() - 1, GetNumberCols() - 1 );
5140 return;
5141 }
5142 }
5143 break;
5144
5145 case Tab_Leave:
5146 if ( Navigate( isForwardTab ? wxNavigationKeyEvent::IsForward
5147 : wxNavigationKeyEvent::IsBackward ) )
5148 return;
5149 break;
5150 }
5151
5152 // If we remain in this cell, stop editing it if we were doing so.
5153 DisableCellEditControl();
5154 }
5155
5156 bool wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
5157 {
5158 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords) == -1 )
5159 {
5160 // the event has been vetoed - do nothing
5161 return false;
5162 }
5163
5164 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
5165 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5166 PrepareDC( dc );
5167 #endif
5168
5169 if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5170 {
5171 DisableCellEditControl();
5172
5173 if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
5174 {
5175 wxRect r;
5176 r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
5177 if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
5178 {
5179 r.x--;
5180 r.y--;
5181 r.width++;
5182 r.height++;
5183 }
5184
5185 wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
5186
5187 // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
5188 m_currentCellCoords = coords;
5189
5190 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
5191 m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
5192 #else
5193 DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
5194 DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
5195 #endif
5196 }
5197 }
5198
5199 m_currentCellCoords = coords;
5200
5201 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
5202 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
5203 DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
5204 #endif
5205 attr->DecRef();
5206
5207 return true;
5208 }
5209
5210 void
5211 wxGrid::UpdateBlockBeingSelected(int topRow, int leftCol,
5212 int bottomRow, int rightCol)
5213 {
5214 MakeCellVisible(m_selectedBlockCorner);
5215 m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol);
5216
5217 if ( m_selection )
5218 {
5219 switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() )
5220 {
5221 default:
5222 wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown selection mode" );
5223 // fall through
5224
5225 case wxGridSelectCells:
5226 // arbitrary blocks selection allowed so just use the cell
5227 // coordinates as is
5228 break;
5229
5230 case wxGridSelectRows:
5231 // only full rows selection allowd, ensure that we do select
5232 // full rows
5233 leftCol = 0;
5234 rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
5235 break;
5236
5237 case wxGridSelectColumns:
5238 // same as above but for columns
5239 topRow = 0;
5240 bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
5241 break;
5242
5243 case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns:
5244 // in this mode we can select only full rows or full columns so
5245 // it doesn't make sense to select blocks at all (and we can't
5246 // extend the block because there is no preferred direction, we
5247 // could only extend it to cover the entire grid but this is
5248 // not useful)
5249 return;
5250 }
5251 }
5252
5253 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(topRow, bottomRow);
5254 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(leftCol, rightCol);
5255
5256 wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords(topRow, leftCol),
5257 updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol);
5258
5259 // First the case that we selected a completely new area
5260 if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
5261 m_selectedBlockBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5262 {
5263 wxRect rect;
5264 rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
5265 wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
5266 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
5267 }
5268
5269 // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
5270 else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
5271 m_selectedBlockBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
5272 {
5273 // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
5274 // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
5275 // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
5276 wxRect rect[4];
5277 bool need_refresh[4];
5278 need_refresh[0] =
5279 need_refresh[1] =
5280 need_refresh[2] =
5281 need_refresh[3] = false;
5282 int i;
5283
5284 // Store intermediate values
5285 wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol();
5286 wxCoord oldTop = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow();
5287 wxCoord oldRight = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol();
5288 wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow();
5289
5290 // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
5291 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldLeft, leftCol);
5292 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldTop, topRow);
5293 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(rightCol, oldRight);
5294 EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(bottomRow, oldBottom);
5295
5296 // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
5297 // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
5298 // is contained in the other.
5299
5300 if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
5301 {
5302 // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
5303 // area to the left of the old or new selection.
5304 need_refresh[0] = true;
5305 rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
5306 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, oldLeft ),
5307 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
5308 }
5309
5310 if ( oldTop < topRow )
5311 {
5312 // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
5313 // area above the old or new selection.
5314 need_refresh[1] = true;
5315 rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
5316 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
5317 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
5318 }
5319
5320 if ( oldRight > rightCol )
5321 {
5322 // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
5323 // area to the right of the old or new selection.
5324 need_refresh[2] = true;
5325 rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
5326 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
5327 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
5328 }
5329
5330 if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
5331 {
5332 // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
5333 // area below the old or new selection.
5334 need_refresh[3] = true;
5335 rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
5336 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
5337 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
5338 }
5339
5340 // various Refresh() calls
5341 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
5342 if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
5343 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
5344 }
5345
5346 // change selection
5347 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
5348 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
5349 }
5350
5351 //
5352 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
5353 //
5354
5355 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
5356 {
5357 // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
5358 HideCellEditControl();
5359
5360 if ( m_table )
5361 {
5362 // all we need to do is repaint the grid
5363 //
5364 m_gridWin->Refresh();
5365 return true;
5366 }
5367
5368 return false;
5369 }
5370
5371 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
5372 {
5373 int row, col;
5374
5375 // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
5376 // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
5377 // I think so ...
5378 DisableCellEditControl();
5379
5380 if ( m_table )
5381 {
5382 for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
5383 {
5384 for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
5385 {
5386 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
5387 }
5388 }
5389
5390 return true;
5391 }
5392
5393 return false;
5394 }
5395
5396 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
5397 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
5398 // CalcExposedCells)
5399 //
5400 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
5401 {
5402 if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
5403 return;
5404
5405 int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
5406 int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
5407 wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
5408
5409 for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
5410 {
5411 row = cells[i].GetRow();
5412 col = cells[i].GetCol();
5413 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5414
5415 // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
5416 if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
5417 {
5418 wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
5419 bool marked = false;
5420 for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
5421 {
5422 if ( cell == cells[j] )
5423 {
5424 marked = true;
5425 break;
5426 }
5427 }
5428
5429 if (!marked)
5430 {
5431 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
5432 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
5433 {
5434 if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
5435 {
5436 marked = true;
5437 break;
5438 }
5439 }
5440
5441 if (!marked)
5442 redrawCells.Add( cell );
5443 }
5444
5445 // don't bother drawing this cell
5446 continue;
5447 }
5448
5449 // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
5450 if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
5451 {
5452 for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
5453 {
5454 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
5455 int left = col;
5456 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
5457 if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
5458 (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
5459 {
5460 left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
5461 }
5462
5463 if (left == col)
5464 left = 0; // oh well
5465
5466 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
5467 {
5468 if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
5469 {
5470 if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
5471 {
5472 wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
5473 bool marked = false;
5474
5475 for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
5476 {
5477 if ( cell == cells[k] )
5478 {
5479 marked = true;
5480 break;
5481 }
5482 }
5483
5484 if (!marked)
5485 {
5486 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
5487 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
5488 {
5489 if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
5490 {
5491 marked = true;
5492 break;
5493 }
5494 }
5495 if (!marked)
5496 redrawCells.Add( cell );
5497 }
5498 }
5499 break;
5500 }
5501 }
5502 }
5503 }
5504
5505 DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
5506 }
5507
5508 numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
5509
5510 for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
5511 {
5512 DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
5513 }
5514 }
5515
5516 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
5517 {
5518 int cw, ch;
5519 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5520
5521 int right, bottom;
5522 CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
5523
5524 int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
5525 int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
5526
5527 if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
5528 {
5529 int left, top;
5530 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
5531
5532 dc.SetBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour());
5533 dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
5534
5535 if ( right > rightCol )
5536 {
5537 dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
5538 }
5539
5540 if ( bottom > bottomRow )
5541 {
5542 dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
5543 }
5544 }
5545 }
5546
5547 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
5548 {
5549 int row = coords.GetRow();
5550 int col = coords.GetCol();
5551
5552 if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
5553 return;
5554
5555 // we draw the cell border ourselves
5556 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
5557
5558 bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
5559
5560 wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
5561
5562 // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
5563 // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
5564 if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
5565 {
5566 // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
5567 // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
5568 // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
5569 // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
5570 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
5571 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
5572 editor->PaintBackground(dc, rect, *attr);
5573 editor->DecRef();
5574 #endif
5575 }
5576 else
5577 {
5578 // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
5579 wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
5580 renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
5581 renderer->DecRef();
5582 }
5583
5584 attr->DecRef();
5585 }
5586
5587 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
5588 {
5589 // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
5590 if ( !HasFocus() )
5591 return;
5592
5593 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
5594 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
5595
5596 if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
5597 return;
5598
5599 wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
5600
5601 // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
5602 // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
5603 // it doesn't look really good
5604
5605 int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
5606
5607 if (penWidth > 0)
5608 {
5609 // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
5610 // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
5611 // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
5612 // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
5613 // please #ifdef this appropriately.
5614 rect.x += penWidth / 2;
5615 rect.y += penWidth / 2;
5616 rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
5617 rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
5618
5619 // Now draw the rectangle
5620 // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
5621 // will ensure the cell is always visible.
5622 dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground
5623 : m_cellHighlightColour,
5624 penWidth));
5625 dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
5626 dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
5627 }
5628 }
5629
5630 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
5631 {
5632 return wxPen(GetGridLineColour());
5633 }
5634
5635 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
5636 {
5637 return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
5638 }
5639
5640 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
5641 {
5642 return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
5643 }
5644
5645 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
5646 {
5647 int row = coords.GetRow();
5648 int col = coords.GetCol();
5649 if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
5650 return;
5651
5652
5653 wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
5654
5655 // right hand border
5656 dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
5657 dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
5658 rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
5659
5660 // bottom border
5661 dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
5662 dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
5663 rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
5664 }
5665
5666 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
5667 {
5668 // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
5669 // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
5670 //
5671 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
5672 m_numRows && m_numCols )
5673 {
5674 m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
5675 }
5676
5677 if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5678 {
5679 // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
5680 return;
5681 }
5682
5683 // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
5684 // might have been damaged by the grid lines
5685 size_t count = cells.GetCount();
5686 for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
5687 {
5688 wxGridCellCoords cell = cells[n];
5689
5690 // If we are using attributes, then we may have just exposed another
5691 // cell in a partially-visible merged cluster of cells. If the "anchor"
5692 // (upper left) cell of this merged cluster is the cell indicated by
5693 // m_currentCellCoords, then we need to refresh the cell highlight even
5694 // though the "anchor" itself is not part of our update segment.
5695 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
5696 {
5697 int rows = 0,
5698 cols = 0;
5699 GetCellSize(cell.GetRow(), cell.GetCol(), &rows, &cols);
5700
5701 if ( rows < 0 )
5702 cell.SetRow(cell.GetRow() + rows);
5703
5704 if ( cols < 0 )
5705 cell.SetCol(cell.GetCol() + cols);
5706 }
5707
5708 if ( cell == m_currentCellCoords )
5709 {
5710 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
5711 DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
5712 attr->DecRef();
5713
5714 break;
5715 }
5716 }
5717 }
5718
5719 // Used by wxGrid::Render() to draw the grid lines only for the cells in the
5720 // specified range.
5721 void
5722 wxGrid::DrawRangeGridLines(wxDC& dc,
5723 const wxRegion& reg,
5724 const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
5725 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight)
5726 {
5727 if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
5728 return;
5729
5730 int top, left, width, height;
5731 reg.GetBox( left, top, width, height );
5732
5733 // create a clipping region
5734 wxRegion clippedcells( dc.LogicalToDeviceX( left ),
5735 dc.LogicalToDeviceY( top ),
5736 dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( width ),
5737 dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( height ) );
5738
5739 // subtract multi cell span area from clipping region for lines
5740 wxRect rect;
5741 for ( int row = topLeft.GetRow(); row <= bottomRight.GetRow(); row++ )
5742 {
5743 for ( int col = topLeft.GetCol(); col <= bottomRight.GetCol(); col++ )
5744 {
5745 int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5746 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5747 if ( cell_rows > 1 || cell_cols > 1 ) // multi cell
5748 {
5749 rect = CellToRect( row, col );
5750 // cater for scaling
5751 // device origin already set in ::Render() for x, y
5752 rect.x = dc.LogicalToDeviceX( rect.x );
5753 rect.y = dc.LogicalToDeviceY( rect.y );
5754 rect.width = dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( rect.width );
5755 rect.height = dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( rect.height ) - 1;
5756 clippedcells.Subtract( rect );
5757 }
5758 else if ( cell_rows < 0 || cell_cols < 0 ) // part of multicell
5759 {
5760 rect = CellToRect( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
5761 rect.x = dc.LogicalToDeviceX( rect.x );
5762 rect.y = dc.LogicalToDeviceY( rect.y );
5763 rect.width = dc.LogicalToDeviceXRel( rect.width );
5764 rect.height = dc.LogicalToDeviceYRel( rect.height ) - 1;
5765 clippedcells.Subtract( rect );
5766 }
5767 }
5768 }
5769
5770 dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
5771
5772 DoDrawGridLines(dc,
5773 top, left, top + height, left + width,
5774 topLeft.GetRow(), topLeft.GetCol(),
5775 bottomRight.GetRow(), bottomRight.GetCol());
5776
5777 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
5778 }
5779
5780 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
5781 // has been changed
5782 //
5783 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
5784 {
5785 if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
5786 return;
5787
5788 int top, bottom, left, right;
5789
5790 int cw, ch;
5791 m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
5792 CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
5793 CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
5794
5795 // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
5796 if ( m_gridLinesClipHorz )
5797 {
5798 if ( !m_numCols )
5799 return;
5800
5801 const int lastColRight = GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1));
5802 if ( right > lastColRight )
5803 right = lastColRight;
5804 }
5805
5806 if ( m_gridLinesClipVert )
5807 {
5808 if ( !m_numRows )
5809 return;
5810
5811 const int lastRowBottom = GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1);
5812 if ( bottom > lastRowBottom )
5813 bottom = lastRowBottom;
5814 }
5815
5816 // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
5817 int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
5818 int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
5819 int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
5820 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
5821
5822 wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
5823
5824 int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5825 wxRect rect;
5826
5827 for ( int j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
5828 {
5829 for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos <= rightCol; colPos++ )
5830 {
5831 int i = GetColAt( colPos );
5832
5833 GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5834 if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
5835 {
5836 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
5837 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
5838 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
5839 }
5840 else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5841 {
5842 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
5843 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
5844 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
5845 }
5846 }
5847 }
5848
5849 dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
5850
5851 DoDrawGridLines(dc,
5852 top, left, bottom, right,
5853 topRow, leftCol, m_numRows, m_numCols);
5854
5855 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
5856 }
5857
5858 void
5859 wxGrid::DoDrawGridLines(wxDC& dc,
5860 int top, int left,
5861 int bottom, int right,
5862 int topRow, int leftCol,
5863 int bottomRow, int rightCol)
5864 {
5865 // horizontal grid lines
5866 for ( int i = topRow; i < bottomRow; i++ )
5867 {
5868 int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
5869
5870 if ( bot > bottom )
5871 break;
5872
5873 if ( bot >= top )
5874 {
5875 dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
5876 dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
5877 }
5878 }
5879
5880 // vertical grid lines
5881 for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos < rightCol; colPos++ )
5882 {
5883 int i = GetColAt( colPos );
5884
5885 int colRight = GetColRight(i);
5886 #ifdef __WXGTK__
5887 if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
5888 #endif
5889 colRight--;
5890
5891 if ( colRight > right )
5892 break;
5893
5894 if ( colRight >= left )
5895 {
5896 dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
5897 dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
5898 }
5899 }
5900 }
5901
5902 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
5903 {
5904 if ( !m_numRows )
5905 return;
5906
5907 const size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
5908 for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
5909 {
5910 DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
5911 }
5912 }
5913
5914 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
5915 {
5916 if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
5917 return;
5918
5919 wxGridCellAttrProvider * const
5920 attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL;
5921
5922 // notice that an explicit static_cast is needed to avoid a compilation
5923 // error with VC7.1 which, for some reason, tries to instantiate (abstract)
5924 // wxGridRowHeaderRenderer class without it
5925 const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer&
5926 rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetRowHeaderRenderer(row)
5927 : static_cast<const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer&>
5928 (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.rowRenderer);
5929
5930 wxRect rect(0, GetRowTop(row), m_rowLabelWidth, GetRowHeight(row));
5931 rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect);
5932
5933 int hAlign, vAlign;
5934 GetRowLabelAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
5935
5936 rend.DrawLabel(*this, dc, GetRowLabelValue(row),
5937 rect, hAlign, vAlign, wxHORIZONTAL);
5938 }
5939
5940 void wxGrid::UseNativeColHeader(bool native)
5941 {
5942 if ( native == m_useNativeHeader )
5943 return;
5944
5945 delete m_colWindow;
5946 m_useNativeHeader = native;
5947
5948 CreateColumnWindow();
5949
5950 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
5951 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
5952 CalcWindowSizes();
5953 }
5954
5955 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
5956 {
5957 wxASSERT_MSG( !m_useNativeHeader,
5958 "doesn't make sense when using native header" );
5959
5960 m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
5961 if (native)
5962 {
5963 int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
5964 SetColLabelSize( height );
5965 }
5966
5967 GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh();
5968 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
5969 }
5970
5971 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
5972 {
5973 if ( !m_numCols )
5974 return;
5975
5976 const size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
5977 for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
5978 {
5979 DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
5980 }
5981 }
5982
5983 void wxGrid::DrawCornerLabel(wxDC& dc)
5984 {
5985 wxRect rect(wxSize(m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight));
5986
5987 if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
5988 {
5989 rect.Deflate(1);
5990
5991 wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton(m_cornerLabelWin, dc, rect, 0);
5992 }
5993 else
5994 {
5995 rect.width++;
5996 rect.height++;
5997
5998 wxGridCellAttrProvider * const
5999 attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL;
6000 const wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer&
6001 rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetCornerRenderer()
6002 : static_cast<wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer&>
6003 (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.cornerRenderer);
6004
6005 rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect);
6006 }
6007 }
6008
6009 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel(wxDC& dc, int col)
6010 {
6011 if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
6012 return;
6013
6014 int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
6015
6016 wxRect rect(colLeft, 0, GetColWidth(col), m_colLabelHeight);
6017 wxGridCellAttrProvider * const
6018 attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL;
6019 const wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer&
6020 rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetColumnHeaderRenderer(col)
6021 : static_cast<wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer&>
6022 (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.colRenderer);
6023
6024 if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
6025 {
6026 wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton
6027 (
6028 GetColLabelWindow(),
6029 dc,
6030 rect,
6031 0,
6032 IsSortingBy(col)
6033 ? IsSortOrderAscending()
6034 ? wxHDR_SORT_ICON_UP
6035 : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_DOWN
6036 : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE
6037 );
6038 rect.Deflate(2);
6039 }
6040 else
6041 {
6042 // It is reported that we need to erase the background to avoid display
6043 // artefacts, see #12055.
6044 wxDCBrushChanger setBrush(dc, m_colWindow->GetBackgroundColour());
6045 dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
6046
6047 rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect);
6048 }
6049
6050 int hAlign, vAlign;
6051 GetColLabelAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
6052 const int orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
6053
6054 rend.DrawLabel(*this, dc, GetColLabelValue(col), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient);
6055 }
6056
6057 // TODO: these 2 functions should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which
6058 // we just have to add textOrientation support
6059 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
6060 const wxString& value,
6061 const wxRect& rect,
6062 int horizAlign,
6063 int vertAlign,
6064 int textOrientation ) const
6065 {
6066 wxArrayString lines;
6067
6068 StringToLines( value, lines );
6069
6070 DrawTextRectangle(dc, lines, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation);
6071 }
6072
6073 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
6074 const wxArrayString& lines,
6075 const wxRect& rect,
6076 int horizAlign,
6077 int vertAlign,
6078 int textOrientation) const
6079 {
6080 if ( lines.empty() )
6081 return;
6082
6083 wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
6084
6085 long textWidth,
6086 textHeight;
6087
6088 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6089 GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
6090 else
6091 GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
6092
6093 int x = 0,
6094 y = 0;
6095 switch ( vertAlign )
6096 {
6097 case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
6098 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6099 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
6100 else
6101 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
6102 break;
6103
6104 case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
6105 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6106 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
6107 else
6108 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
6109 break;
6110
6111 case wxALIGN_TOP:
6112 default:
6113 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6114 y = rect.y + 1;
6115 else
6116 x = rect.x + 1;
6117 break;
6118 }
6119
6120 // Align each line of a multi-line label
6121 size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
6122 for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
6123 {
6124 const wxString& line = lines[l];
6125
6126 if ( line.empty() )
6127 {
6128 *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
6129 continue;
6130 }
6131
6132 wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
6133 lineHeight = 0;
6134 dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
6135
6136 switch ( horizAlign )
6137 {
6138 case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
6139 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6140 x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
6141 else
6142 y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
6143 break;
6144
6145 case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
6146 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6147 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
6148 else
6149 y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
6150 break;
6151
6152 case wxALIGN_LEFT:
6153 default:
6154 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6155 x = rect.x + 1;
6156 else
6157 y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
6158 break;
6159 }
6160
6161 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
6162 {
6163 dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
6164 y += lineHeight;
6165 }
6166 else
6167 {
6168 dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
6169 x += lineHeight;
6170 }
6171 }
6172 }
6173
6174 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
6175 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
6176 //
6177 // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here
6178 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
6179 {
6180 int startPos = 0;
6181 int pos;
6182 wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
6183 wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
6184
6185 while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
6186 {
6187 pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
6188 if ( pos < 0 )
6189 {
6190 break;
6191 }
6192 else if ( pos == 0 )
6193 {
6194 lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
6195 }
6196 else
6197 {
6198 lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) );
6199 }
6200
6201 startPos += pos + 1;
6202 }
6203
6204 if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
6205 {
6206 lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) );
6207 }
6208 }
6209
6210 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
6211 const wxArrayString& lines,
6212 long *width, long *height ) const
6213 {
6214 wxCoord w = 0;
6215 wxCoord h = 0;
6216 wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
6217
6218 size_t i;
6219 for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
6220 {
6221 dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
6222 w = wxMax( w, lineW );
6223 h += lineH;
6224 }
6225
6226 *width = w;
6227 *height = h;
6228 }
6229
6230 //
6231 // ------ Batch processing.
6232 //
6233 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
6234 {
6235 if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
6236 {
6237 m_batchCount--;
6238 if ( !m_batchCount )
6239 {
6240 CalcDimensions();
6241 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
6242 m_colWindow->Refresh();
6243 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
6244 m_gridWin->Refresh();
6245 }
6246 }
6247 }
6248
6249 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
6250 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
6251 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
6252 //
6253 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
6254 {
6255 BeginBatch();
6256 EndBatch();
6257 }
6258
6259 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
6260 {
6261 if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
6262 return false;
6263
6264 // redraw in the new state
6265 m_gridWin->Refresh();
6266
6267 return true;
6268 }
6269
6270 //
6271 // ------ Edit control functions
6272 //
6273
6274 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
6275 {
6276 if ( edit != m_editable )
6277 {
6278 if (!edit)
6279 EnableCellEditControl(edit);
6280 m_editable = edit;
6281 }
6282 }
6283
6284 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
6285 {
6286 if (! m_editable)
6287 return;
6288
6289 if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
6290 {
6291 if ( enable )
6292 {
6293 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) == -1 )
6294 return;
6295
6296 // this should be checked by the caller!
6297 wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), wxT("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
6298
6299 // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
6300 m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
6301
6302 ShowCellEditControl();
6303 }
6304 else
6305 {
6306 SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN);
6307
6308 HideCellEditControl();
6309 SaveEditControlValue();
6310
6311 // do it after HideCellEditControl()
6312 m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
6313 }
6314 }
6315 }
6316
6317 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
6318 {
6319 wxGridCellAttr*
6320 attr = const_cast<wxGrid *>(this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
6321 bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
6322 attr->DecRef();
6323
6324 return readonly;
6325 }
6326
6327 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
6328 {
6329 return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
6330 !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
6331 }
6332
6333 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
6334 {
6335 // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
6336 // current one if it's read only
6337 return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
6338 }
6339
6340 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
6341 {
6342 bool isShown = false;
6343
6344 if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
6345 {
6346 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6347 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6348 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6349 wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
6350 attr->DecRef();
6351
6352 if ( editor )
6353 {
6354 if ( editor->IsCreated() )
6355 {
6356 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
6357 }
6358
6359 editor->DecRef();
6360 }
6361 }
6362
6363 return isShown;
6364 }
6365
6366 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
6367 {
6368 if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
6369 {
6370 if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
6371 {
6372 m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
6373 return;
6374 }
6375 else
6376 {
6377 wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
6378 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6379 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6380
6381 // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
6382 int cell_rows, cell_cols;
6383 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6384 if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
6385 {
6386 row += cell_rows;
6387 col += cell_cols;
6388 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
6389 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
6390 }
6391
6392 // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
6393 // might not cover the entire cell
6394 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6395 PrepareDC( dc );
6396 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6397 dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour()));
6398 dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
6399 dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
6400
6401 // convert to scrolled coords
6402 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
6403
6404 int nXMove = 0;
6405 if (rect.x < 0)
6406 nXMove = rect.x;
6407
6408 // cell is shifted by one pixel
6409 // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
6410 // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
6411 // "don't change."
6412 if (rect.x > 0)
6413 rect.x--;
6414 if (rect.y > 0)
6415 rect.y--;
6416
6417 wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6418 if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
6419 {
6420 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
6421 new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
6422
6423 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
6424 wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
6425 this,
6426 row,
6427 col,
6428 editor->GetControl());
6429 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
6430 }
6431
6432 // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
6433 int maxWidth = rect.width;
6434 wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
6435 if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
6436 {
6437 int y;
6438 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
6439 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
6440 maxWidth = rect.width;
6441 }
6442
6443 int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
6444 if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
6445 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
6446
6447 if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
6448 {
6449 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6450 // may have changed earlier
6451 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
6452 {
6453 int c_rows, c_cols;
6454 GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
6455
6456 // looks weird going over a multicell
6457 if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
6458 (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
6459 {
6460 rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
6461 }
6462 else
6463 break;
6464 }
6465
6466 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
6467 rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
6468 }
6469
6470 editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
6471 editor->SetSize( rect );
6472 if (nXMove != 0)
6473 editor->GetControl()->Move(
6474 editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
6475 editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
6476 editor->Show( true, attr );
6477
6478 // recalc dimensions in case we need to
6479 // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
6480 CalcDimensions();
6481
6482 editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
6483 editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
6484
6485 editor->DecRef();
6486 attr->DecRef();
6487 }
6488 }
6489 }
6490
6491 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
6492 {
6493 if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
6494 {
6495 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6496 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6497
6498 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6499 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6500 const bool editorHadFocus = editor->GetControl()->HasFocus();
6501 editor->Show( false );
6502 editor->DecRef();
6503 attr->DecRef();
6504
6505 // return the focus to the grid itself if the editor had it
6506 //
6507 // note that we must not do this unconditionally to avoid stealing
6508 // focus from the window which just received it if we are hiding the
6509 // editor precisely because we lost focus
6510 if ( editorHadFocus )
6511 m_gridWin->SetFocus();
6512
6513 // refresh whole row to the right
6514 wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
6515 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
6516 rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
6517
6518 #ifdef __WXMAC__
6519 // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
6520 rect.Inflate(10, 10);
6521 #endif
6522
6523 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6524 }
6525 }
6526
6527 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
6528 {
6529 if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
6530 {
6531 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6532 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6533
6534 wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
6535
6536 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6537 wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6538
6539 wxString newval;
6540 bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this, oldval, &newval);
6541
6542 if ( changed && SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, newval) != -1 )
6543 {
6544 editor->ApplyEdit(row, col, this);
6545
6546 // for compatibility reasons dating back to wx 2.8 when this event
6547 // was called wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE and wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING
6548 // didn't exist we allow vetoing this one too
6549 if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, oldval) == -1 )
6550 {
6551 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
6552 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
6553 }
6554 }
6555
6556 editor->DecRef();
6557 attr->DecRef();
6558 }
6559 }
6560
6561 void wxGrid::OnHideEditor(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
6562 {
6563 DisableCellEditControl();
6564 }
6565
6566 //
6567 // ------ Grid location functions
6568 // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
6569 // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
6570 // coordinates for mouse events etc.
6571 //
6572
6573 wxGridCellCoords wxGrid::XYToCell(int x, int y) const
6574 {
6575 int row = YToRow(y);
6576 int col = XToCol(x);
6577
6578 return row == -1 || col == -1 ? wxGridNoCellCoords
6579 : wxGridCellCoords(row, col);
6580 }
6581
6582 // compute row or column from some (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
6583 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array of
6584 // m_rowBottoms/m_colRights to do it quickly in O(log n) time.
6585 // NOTE: This may not work correctly for reordered columns.
6586 int wxGrid::PosToLinePos(int coord,
6587 bool clipToMinMax,
6588 const wxGridOperations& oper) const
6589 {
6590 const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this);
6591
6592 if ( coord < 0 )
6593 return clipToMinMax && numLines > 0 ? 0 : wxNOT_FOUND;
6594
6595 const int defaultLineSize = oper.GetDefaultLineSize(this);
6596 wxCHECK_MSG( defaultLineSize, -1, "can't have 0 default line size" );
6597
6598 int maxPos = coord / defaultLineSize,
6599 minPos = 0;
6600
6601 // check for the simplest case: if we have no explicit line sizes
6602 // configured, then we already know the line this position falls in
6603 const wxArrayInt& lineEnds = oper.GetLineEnds(this);
6604 if ( lineEnds.empty() )
6605 {
6606 if ( maxPos < numLines )
6607 return maxPos;
6608
6609 return clipToMinMax ? numLines - 1 : -1;
6610 }
6611
6612
6613 // binary search is quite efficient and we can't really make any assumptions
6614 // on where to start here since row and columns could be of size 0 if they are
6615 // hidden. While this could be made more efficient, some profiling will be
6616 // necessary to determine if it really is a performance bottleneck
6617 maxPos = numLines - 1;
6618
6619 // check if the position is beyond the last column
6620 const int lineAtMaxPos = oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos);
6621 if ( coord >= lineEnds[lineAtMaxPos] )
6622 return clipToMinMax ? maxPos : -1;
6623
6624 // or before the first one
6625 const int lineAt0 = oper.GetLineAt(this, 0);
6626 if ( coord < lineEnds[lineAt0] )
6627 return 0;
6628
6629
6630 // finally do perform the binary search
6631 while ( minPos < maxPos )
6632 {
6633 wxCHECK_MSG( lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, minPos)] <= coord &&
6634 coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)],
6635 -1,
6636 "wxGrid: internal error in PosToLinePos()" );
6637
6638 if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos - 1)] )
6639 return maxPos;
6640 else
6641 maxPos--;
6642
6643 const int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
6644 if ( coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, median)] )
6645 maxPos = median;
6646 else
6647 minPos = median;
6648 }
6649
6650 return maxPos;
6651 }
6652
6653 int
6654 wxGrid::PosToLine(int coord,
6655 bool clipToMinMax,
6656 const wxGridOperations& oper) const
6657 {
6658 int pos = PosToLinePos(coord, clipToMinMax, oper);
6659
6660 return pos == wxNOT_FOUND ? wxNOT_FOUND : oper.GetLineAt(this, pos);
6661 }
6662
6663 int wxGrid::YToRow(int y, bool clipToMinMax) const
6664 {
6665 return PosToLine(y, clipToMinMax, wxGridRowOperations());
6666 }
6667
6668 int wxGrid::XToCol(int x, bool clipToMinMax) const
6669 {
6670 return PosToLine(x, clipToMinMax, wxGridColumnOperations());
6671 }
6672
6673 int wxGrid::XToPos(int x) const
6674 {
6675 return PosToLinePos(x, true /* clip */, wxGridColumnOperations());
6676 }
6677
6678 // return the row/col number such that the pos is near the edge of, or -1 if
6679 // not near an edge.
6680 //
6681 // notice that position can only possibly be near an edge if the row/column is
6682 // large enough to still allow for an "inner" area that is _not_ near the edge
6683 // (i.e., if the height/width is smaller than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, pos will
6684 // _never_ be considered to be near the edge).
6685 int wxGrid::PosToEdgeOfLine(int pos, const wxGridOperations& oper) const
6686 {
6687 // Get the bottom or rightmost line that could match.
6688 int line = oper.PosToLine(this, pos, true);
6689
6690 if ( oper.GetLineSize(this, line) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
6691 {
6692 // We know that we are in this line, test whether we are close enough
6693 // to start or end border, respectively.
6694 if ( abs(oper.GetLineEndPos(this, line) - pos) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
6695 return line;
6696 else if ( line > 0 &&
6697 pos - oper.GetLineStartPos(this,
6698 line) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
6699 {
6700 // We need to find the previous visible line, so skip all the
6701 // hidden (of size 0) ones.
6702 do
6703 {
6704 line = oper.GetLineBefore(this, line);
6705 }
6706 while ( line >= 0 && oper.GetLineSize(this, line) == 0 );
6707
6708 // It can possibly be -1 here.
6709 return line;
6710 }
6711 }
6712
6713 return -1;
6714 }
6715
6716 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow(int y) const
6717 {
6718 return PosToEdgeOfLine(y, wxGridRowOperations());
6719 }
6720
6721 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol(int x) const
6722 {
6723 return PosToEdgeOfLine(x, wxGridColumnOperations());
6724 }
6725
6726 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
6727 {
6728 wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
6729
6730 if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
6731 col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
6732 {
6733 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
6734 rect.width = rect.height = 0;
6735 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6736 // if negative then find multicell owner
6737 if (cell_rows < 0)
6738 row += cell_rows;
6739 if (cell_cols < 0)
6740 col += cell_cols;
6741 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6742
6743 rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
6744 rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
6745 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
6746 rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
6747 for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
6748 rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
6749
6750 // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
6751 if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
6752 {
6753 rect.width -= 1;
6754 rect.height -= 1;
6755 }
6756 }
6757
6758 return rect;
6759 }
6760
6761 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
6762 {
6763 // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
6764 //
6765 wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
6766
6767 // convert to device coords
6768 //
6769 int left, top, right, bottom;
6770 CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
6771 CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
6772
6773 // check against the client area of the grid window
6774 int cw, ch;
6775 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6776
6777 if ( wholeCellVisible )
6778 {
6779 // is the cell wholly visible ?
6780 return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
6781 top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
6782 }
6783 else
6784 {
6785 // is the cell partly visible ?
6786 //
6787 return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
6788 ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
6789 }
6790 }
6791
6792 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
6793 // of scrolling
6794 //
6795 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
6796 {
6797 int i;
6798 int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
6799
6800 if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
6801 col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
6802 {
6803 // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
6804 wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
6805
6806 // convert to device coords
6807 int left, top, right, bottom;
6808 CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
6809 CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
6810
6811 int cw, ch;
6812 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6813
6814 if ( top < 0 )
6815 {
6816 ypos = r.GetTop();
6817 }
6818 else if ( bottom > ch )
6819 {
6820 int h = r.GetHeight();
6821 ypos = r.GetTop();
6822 for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
6823 {
6824 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
6825 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
6826 break;
6827
6828 h += rowHeight;
6829 ypos -= rowHeight;
6830 }
6831
6832 // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
6833 // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
6834 // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
6835 //
6836 // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
6837 // so just add a full scroll unit...
6838 ypos += m_yScrollPixelsPerLine;
6839 }
6840
6841 // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
6842 // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
6843 // left and right part of the cell on every step!
6844 // if ( left < 0 )
6845 if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
6846 {
6847 xpos = r.GetLeft();
6848 }
6849 else if ( right > cw )
6850 {
6851 // position the view so that the cell is on the right
6852 int x0, y0;
6853 CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
6854 xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
6855
6856 // see comment for ypos above
6857 xpos += m_xScrollPixelsPerLine;
6858 }
6859
6860 if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
6861 {
6862 if ( xpos != -1 )
6863 xpos /= m_xScrollPixelsPerLine;
6864 if ( ypos != -1 )
6865 ypos /= m_yScrollPixelsPerLine;
6866 Scroll( xpos, ypos );
6867 AdjustScrollbars();
6868 }
6869 }
6870 }
6871
6872 //
6873 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
6874 //
6875
6876 bool
6877 wxGrid::DoMoveCursor(bool expandSelection,
6878 const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6879 {
6880 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6881 return false;
6882
6883 if ( expandSelection )
6884 {
6885 wxGridCellCoords coords = m_selectedBlockCorner;
6886 if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6887 coords = m_currentCellCoords;
6888
6889 if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
6890 return false;
6891
6892 diroper.Advance(coords);
6893
6894 UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
6895 }
6896 else // don't expand selection
6897 {
6898 ClearSelection();
6899
6900 if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
6901 return false;
6902
6903 wxGridCellCoords coords = m_currentCellCoords;
6904 diroper.Advance(coords);
6905
6906 GoToCell(coords);
6907 }
6908
6909 return true;
6910 }
6911
6912 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp(bool expandSelection)
6913 {
6914 return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6915 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6916 }
6917
6918 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown(bool expandSelection)
6919 {
6920 return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6921 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6922 }
6923
6924 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft(bool expandSelection)
6925 {
6926 return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6927 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()));
6928 }
6929
6930 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight(bool expandSelection)
6931 {
6932 return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6933 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()));
6934 }
6935
6936 bool wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByPage(const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6937 {
6938 if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6939 return false;
6940
6941 if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
6942 return false;
6943
6944 const int oldRow = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6945 int newRow = diroper.MoveByPixelDistance(oldRow, m_gridWin->GetClientSize().y);
6946 if ( newRow == oldRow )
6947 {
6948 wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords);
6949 diroper.Advance(coords);
6950 newRow = coords.GetRow();
6951 }
6952
6953 GoToCell(newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol());
6954
6955 return true;
6956 }
6957
6958 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
6959 {
6960 return DoMoveCursorByPage(
6961 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6962 }
6963
6964 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
6965 {
6966 return DoMoveCursorByPage(
6967 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6968 }
6969
6970 // helper of DoMoveCursorByBlock(): advance the cell coordinates using diroper
6971 // until we find a non-empty cell or reach the grid end
6972 void
6973 wxGrid::AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(wxGridCellCoords& coords,
6974 const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6975 {
6976 while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
6977 {
6978 diroper.Advance(coords);
6979 if ( !m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
6980 break;
6981 }
6982 }
6983
6984 bool
6985 wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByBlock(bool expandSelection,
6986 const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6987 {
6988 if ( !m_table || m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6989 return false;
6990
6991 if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
6992 return false;
6993
6994 wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords);
6995 if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
6996 {
6997 // we are in an empty cell: find the next block of non-empty cells
6998 AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper);
6999 }
7000 else // current cell is not empty
7001 {
7002 diroper.Advance(coords);
7003 if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
7004 {
7005 // we started at the end of a block, find the next one
7006 AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper);
7007 }
7008 else // we're in a middle of a block
7009 {
7010 // go to the end of it, i.e. find the last cell before the next
7011 // empty one
7012 while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
7013 {
7014 wxGridCellCoords coordsNext(coords);
7015 diroper.Advance(coordsNext);
7016 if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coordsNext) )
7017 break;
7018
7019 coords = coordsNext;
7020 }
7021 }
7022 }
7023
7024 if ( expandSelection )
7025 {
7026 UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
7027 }
7028 else
7029 {
7030 ClearSelection();
7031 GoToCell(coords);
7032 }
7033
7034 return true;
7035 }
7036
7037 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock(bool expandSelection)
7038 {
7039 return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
7040 expandSelection,
7041 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())
7042 );
7043 }
7044
7045 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
7046 {
7047 return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
7048 expandSelection,
7049 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())
7050 );
7051 }
7052
7053 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
7054 {
7055 return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
7056 expandSelection,
7057 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())
7058 );
7059 }
7060
7061 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
7062 {
7063 return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
7064 expandSelection,
7065 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())
7066 );
7067 }
7068
7069 //
7070 // ------ Label values and formatting
7071 //
7072
7073 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
7074 {
7075 if ( horiz )
7076 *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
7077 if ( vert )
7078 *vert = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
7079 }
7080
7081 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
7082 {
7083 if ( horiz )
7084 *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
7085 if ( vert )
7086 *vert = m_colLabelVertAlign;
7087 }
7088
7089 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
7090 {
7091 return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
7092 }
7093
7094 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
7095 {
7096 if ( m_table )
7097 {
7098 return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
7099 }
7100 else
7101 {
7102 wxString s;
7103 s << row;
7104 return s;
7105 }
7106 }
7107
7108 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
7109 {
7110 if ( m_table )
7111 {
7112 return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
7113 }
7114 else
7115 {
7116 wxString s;
7117 s << col;
7118 return s;
7119 }
7120 }
7121
7122 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
7123 {
7124 wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
7125
7126 if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
7127 {
7128 width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
7129 }
7130
7131 if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
7132 {
7133 if ( width == 0 )
7134 {
7135 m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
7136 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
7137 }
7138 else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
7139 {
7140 m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
7141 if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
7142 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
7143 }
7144
7145 m_rowLabelWidth = width;
7146 InvalidateBestSize();
7147 CalcWindowSizes();
7148 wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
7149 }
7150 }
7151
7152 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
7153 {
7154 wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
7155
7156 if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
7157 {
7158 height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
7159 }
7160
7161 if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
7162 {
7163 if ( height == 0 )
7164 {
7165 m_colWindow->Show( false );
7166 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
7167 }
7168 else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
7169 {
7170 m_colWindow->Show( true );
7171 if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
7172 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
7173 }
7174
7175 m_colLabelHeight = height;
7176 InvalidateBestSize();
7177 CalcWindowSizes();
7178 wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
7179 }
7180 }
7181
7182 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
7183 {
7184 if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
7185 {
7186 m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
7187 m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
7188 m_colWindow->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
7189 m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
7190
7191 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7192 {
7193 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7194 m_colWindow->Refresh();
7195 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
7196 }
7197 }
7198 }
7199
7200 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
7201 {
7202 if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
7203 {
7204 m_labelTextColour = colour;
7205 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7206 {
7207 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7208 m_colWindow->Refresh();
7209 }
7210 }
7211 }
7212
7213 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
7214 {
7215 m_labelFont = font;
7216 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7217 {
7218 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7219 m_colWindow->Refresh();
7220 }
7221 }
7222
7223 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
7224 {
7225 // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
7226 switch ( horiz )
7227 {
7228 case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
7229 case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
7230 case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
7231 }
7232
7233 switch ( vert )
7234 {
7235 case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break;
7236 case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
7237 case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
7238 }
7239
7240 if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
7241 {
7242 m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
7243 }
7244
7245 if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
7246 {
7247 m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
7248 }
7249
7250 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7251 {
7252 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7253 }
7254 }
7255
7256 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
7257 {
7258 // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
7259 switch ( horiz )
7260 {
7261 case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
7262 case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
7263 case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
7264 }
7265
7266 switch ( vert )
7267 {
7268 case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break;
7269 case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
7270 case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
7271 }
7272
7273 if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
7274 {
7275 m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
7276 }
7277
7278 if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
7279 {
7280 m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
7281 }
7282
7283 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7284 {
7285 m_colWindow->Refresh();
7286 }
7287 }
7288
7289 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
7290 // does not support vertical printing
7291 //
7292 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
7293 // pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
7294 // pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
7295 //
7296 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
7297 {
7298 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
7299 m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
7300
7301 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7302 m_colWindow->Refresh();
7303 }
7304
7305 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
7306 {
7307 if ( m_table )
7308 {
7309 m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
7310 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7311 {
7312 wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
7313 if ( rect.height > 0 )
7314 {
7315 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
7316 rect.x = 0;
7317 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
7318 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
7319 }
7320 }
7321 }
7322 }
7323
7324 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
7325 {
7326 if ( m_table )
7327 {
7328 m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
7329 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7330 {
7331 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
7332 {
7333 GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
7334 }
7335 else
7336 {
7337 wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
7338 if ( rect.width > 0 )
7339 {
7340 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
7341 rect.y = 0;
7342 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
7343 GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect );
7344 }
7345 }
7346 }
7347 }
7348 }
7349
7350 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
7351 {
7352 if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
7353 {
7354 m_gridLineColour = colour;
7355
7356 if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
7357 RedrawGridLines();
7358 }
7359 }
7360
7361 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
7362 {
7363 if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
7364 {
7365 m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
7366
7367 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7368 PrepareDC( dc );
7369 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7370 DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7371 attr->DecRef();
7372 }
7373 }
7374
7375 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
7376 {
7377 if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
7378 {
7379 m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
7380
7381 // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
7382 // make any visible change if the thickness is getting smaller.
7383 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7384 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7385 if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7386 return;
7387
7388 wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7389 m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
7390 }
7391 }
7392
7393 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
7394 {
7395 if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
7396 {
7397 m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
7398
7399 // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
7400 // make any visible change if the thickness is getting smaller.
7401 int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7402 int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7403 if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ||
7404 GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7405 return;
7406
7407 wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7408 m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
7409 }
7410 }
7411
7412 void wxGrid::RedrawGridLines()
7413 {
7414 // the lines will be redrawn when the window is thawn
7415 if ( GetBatchCount() )
7416 return;
7417
7418 if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
7419 {
7420 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7421 PrepareDC( dc );
7422 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
7423 }
7424 else // remove the grid lines
7425 {
7426 m_gridWin->Refresh();
7427 }
7428 }
7429
7430 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
7431 {
7432 if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
7433 {
7434 m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
7435
7436 RedrawGridLines();
7437 }
7438 }
7439
7440 void wxGrid::DoClipGridLines(bool& var, bool clip)
7441 {
7442 if ( clip != var )
7443 {
7444 var = clip;
7445
7446 if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
7447 RedrawGridLines();
7448 }
7449 }
7450
7451 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
7452 {
7453 return m_defaultRowHeight;
7454 }
7455
7456 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
7457 {
7458 wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, wxT("invalid row index") );
7459
7460 return GetRowHeight(row);
7461 }
7462
7463 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
7464 {
7465 return m_defaultColWidth;
7466 }
7467
7468 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
7469 {
7470 wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, wxT("invalid column index") );
7471
7472 return GetColWidth(col);
7473 }
7474
7475 // ============================================================================
7476 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
7477 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
7478 // ============================================================================
7479
7480 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7481 // setting default attributes
7482 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7483
7484 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
7485 {
7486 m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
7487 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7488 m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
7489 #endif
7490 }
7491
7492 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
7493 {
7494 m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
7495 }
7496
7497 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
7498 {
7499 m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7500 }
7501
7502 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
7503 {
7504 m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
7505 }
7506
7507 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
7508 {
7509 m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
7510 }
7511
7512 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
7513 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
7514 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
7515 // work correctly.
7516
7517 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
7518 {
7519 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
7520 renderer,
7521 GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
7522 }
7523
7524 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
7525 {
7526 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
7527 GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
7528 editor);
7529 }
7530
7531 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7532 // access to the default attributes
7533 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7534
7535 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
7536 {
7537 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
7538 }
7539
7540 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
7541 {
7542 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
7543 }
7544
7545 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
7546 {
7547 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
7548 }
7549
7550 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
7551 {
7552 m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7553 }
7554
7555 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
7556 {
7557 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
7558 }
7559
7560 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
7561 {
7562 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
7563 }
7564
7565 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
7566 {
7567 return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
7568 }
7569
7570 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7571 // access to cell attributes
7572 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7573
7574 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
7575 {
7576 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7577 wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
7578 attr->DecRef();
7579
7580 return colour;
7581 }
7582
7583 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
7584 {
7585 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7586 wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
7587 attr->DecRef();
7588
7589 return colour;
7590 }
7591
7592 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
7593 {
7594 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7595 wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
7596 attr->DecRef();
7597
7598 return font;
7599 }
7600
7601 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
7602 {
7603 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7604 attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7605 attr->DecRef();
7606 }
7607
7608 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
7609 {
7610 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7611 bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
7612 attr->DecRef();
7613
7614 return allow;
7615 }
7616
7617 wxGrid::CellSpan
7618 wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
7619 {
7620 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7621 attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
7622 attr->DecRef();
7623
7624 if ( *num_rows == 1 && *num_cols == 1 )
7625 return CellSpan_None; // just a normal cell
7626
7627 if ( *num_rows < 0 || *num_cols < 0 )
7628 return CellSpan_Inside; // covered by a multi-span cell
7629
7630 // this cell spans multiple cells to its right/bottom
7631 return CellSpan_Main;
7632 }
7633
7634 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
7635 {
7636 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7637 wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7638 attr->DecRef();
7639
7640 return renderer;
7641 }
7642
7643 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
7644 {
7645 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7646 wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7647 attr->DecRef();
7648
7649 return editor;
7650 }
7651
7652 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
7653 {
7654 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7655 bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
7656 attr->DecRef();
7657
7658 return isReadOnly;
7659 }
7660
7661 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7662 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
7663 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7664
7665 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
7666 {
7667 if ( !m_table )
7668 {
7669 return false;
7670 }
7671
7672 return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
7673 }
7674
7675 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
7676 {
7677 if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
7678 {
7679 wxGridCellAttr *oldAttr = m_attrCache.attr;
7680 m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
7681 m_attrCache.row = -1;
7682 // wxSafeDecRec(...) might cause event processing that accesses
7683 // the cached attribute, if one exists (e.g. by deleting the
7684 // editor stored within the attribute). Therefore it is important
7685 // to invalidate the cache before calling wxSafeDecRef!
7686 wxSafeDecRef(oldAttr);
7687 }
7688 }
7689
7690 void wxGrid::RefreshAttr(int row, int col)
7691 {
7692 if ( m_attrCache.row == row && m_attrCache.col == col )
7693 ClearAttrCache();
7694 }
7695
7696
7697 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
7698 {
7699 if ( attr != NULL )
7700 {
7701 wxGrid * const self = const_cast<wxGrid *>(this);
7702
7703 self->ClearAttrCache();
7704 self->m_attrCache.row = row;
7705 self->m_attrCache.col = col;
7706 self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
7707 wxSafeIncRef(attr);
7708 }
7709 }
7710
7711 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
7712 {
7713 if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
7714 {
7715 *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
7716 wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
7717
7718 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
7719 gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
7720 #endif
7721
7722 return true;
7723 }
7724 else
7725 {
7726 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
7727 gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
7728 #endif
7729
7730 return false;
7731 }
7732 }
7733
7734 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
7735 {
7736 wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
7737 // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
7738 // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
7739 if ( row >= 0 )
7740 {
7741 if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
7742 {
7743 attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
7744 : NULL;
7745 CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
7746 }
7747 }
7748
7749 if (attr)
7750 {
7751 attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
7752 }
7753 else
7754 {
7755 attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
7756 attr->IncRef();
7757 }
7758
7759 return attr;
7760 }
7761
7762 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
7763 {
7764 wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
7765 bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
7766
7767 wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, wxT("Cell attributes not allowed"));
7768 wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, wxT("must have a table") );
7769
7770 attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
7771 if ( !attr )
7772 {
7773 attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
7774
7775 // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
7776 attr->IncRef();
7777 m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
7778 }
7779
7780 return attr;
7781 }
7782
7783 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7784 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
7785 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7786
7787 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
7788 {
7789 SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
7790 }
7791
7792 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
7793 {
7794 SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
7795 }
7796
7797 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
7798 {
7799 wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
7800 if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
7801 {
7802 typeName << wxT(':') << width << wxT(',') << precision;
7803 }
7804
7805 SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
7806 }
7807
7808 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
7809 {
7810 wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
7811 if (!attr)
7812 attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
7813 wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
7814 attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
7815 wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
7816 attr->SetEditor(editor);
7817
7818 SetColAttr(col, attr);
7819
7820 }
7821
7822 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7823 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
7824 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7825
7826 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
7827 {
7828 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7829 {
7830 m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
7831 ClearAttrCache();
7832 }
7833 else
7834 {
7835 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
7836 }
7837 }
7838
7839 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
7840 {
7841 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7842 {
7843 m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
7844 ClearAttrCache();
7845 }
7846 else
7847 {
7848 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
7849 }
7850 }
7851
7852 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
7853 {
7854 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7855 {
7856 m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
7857 ClearAttrCache();
7858 }
7859 else
7860 {
7861 wxSafeDecRef(attr);
7862 }
7863 }
7864
7865 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
7866 {
7867 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7868 {
7869 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7870 attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
7871 attr->DecRef();
7872 }
7873 }
7874
7875 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
7876 {
7877 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7878 {
7879 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7880 attr->SetTextColour(colour);
7881 attr->DecRef();
7882 }
7883 }
7884
7885 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
7886 {
7887 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7888 {
7889 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7890 attr->SetFont(font);
7891 attr->DecRef();
7892 }
7893 }
7894
7895 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
7896 {
7897 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7898 {
7899 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7900 attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7901 attr->DecRef();
7902 }
7903 }
7904
7905 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
7906 {
7907 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7908 {
7909 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7910 attr->SetOverflow(allow);
7911 attr->DecRef();
7912 }
7913 }
7914
7915 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
7916 {
7917 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7918 {
7919 int cell_rows, cell_cols;
7920
7921 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7922 attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
7923 attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
7924 attr->DecRef();
7925
7926 // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
7927 // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
7928 // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
7929 // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
7930 wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
7931 wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
7932 wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
7933 wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
7934
7935 // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
7936 if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7937 {
7938 int i, j;
7939 for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
7940 {
7941 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
7942 {
7943 if ((i != col) || (j != row))
7944 {
7945 wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
7946 attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
7947 attr_stub->DecRef();
7948 }
7949 }
7950 }
7951 }
7952
7953 // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
7954 // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
7955 if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
7956 {
7957 int i, j;
7958 for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
7959 {
7960 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
7961 {
7962 if ((i != col) || (j != row))
7963 {
7964 wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
7965 attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
7966 attr_stub->DecRef();
7967 }
7968 }
7969 }
7970 }
7971 }
7972 }
7973
7974 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
7975 {
7976 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7977 {
7978 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7979 attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
7980 attr->DecRef();
7981 }
7982 }
7983
7984 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
7985 {
7986 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7987 {
7988 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7989 attr->SetEditor(editor);
7990 attr->DecRef();
7991 }
7992 }
7993
7994 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
7995 {
7996 if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7997 {
7998 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7999 attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
8000 attr->DecRef();
8001 }
8002 }
8003
8004 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8005 // Data type registration
8006 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8007
8008 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
8009 wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
8010 wxGridCellEditor* editor)
8011 {
8012 m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
8013 }
8014
8015
8016 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
8017 {
8018 wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
8019 return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
8020 }
8021
8022 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
8023 {
8024 wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
8025 return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
8026 }
8027
8028 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
8029 {
8030 int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
8031 if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
8032 {
8033 wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
8034
8035 return NULL;
8036 }
8037
8038 return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
8039 }
8040
8041 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
8042 {
8043 int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
8044 if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
8045 {
8046 wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
8047
8048 return NULL;
8049 }
8050
8051 return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
8052 }
8053
8054 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8055 // row/col size
8056 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8057
8058 void wxGrid::DoDisableLineResize(int line, wxGridFixedIndicesSet *& setFixed)
8059 {
8060 if ( !setFixed )
8061 {
8062 setFixed = new wxGridFixedIndicesSet;
8063 }
8064
8065 setFixed->insert(line);
8066 }
8067
8068 bool
8069 wxGrid::DoCanResizeLine(int line, const wxGridFixedIndicesSet *setFixed) const
8070 {
8071 return !setFixed || !setFixed->count(line);
8072 }
8073
8074 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
8075 {
8076 m_canDragRowSize = enable;
8077 }
8078
8079 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
8080 {
8081 m_canDragColSize = enable;
8082 }
8083
8084 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
8085 {
8086 m_canDragGridSize = enable;
8087 }
8088
8089 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
8090 {
8091 m_canDragCell = enable;
8092 }
8093
8094 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
8095 {
8096 m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
8097
8098 if ( resizeExistingRows )
8099 {
8100 // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
8101 // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
8102 // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
8103 // some speed optimisations)
8104 m_rowHeights.Empty();
8105 m_rowBottoms.Empty();
8106 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8107 CalcDimensions();
8108 }
8109 }
8110
8111 namespace
8112 {
8113
8114 // This is a common part of SetRowSize() and SetColSize() which takes care of
8115 // updating the height/width of a row/column depending on its current value and
8116 // the new one.
8117 //
8118 // Returns the difference between the new and the old size.
8119 int UpdateRowOrColSize(int& sizeCurrent, int sizeNew)
8120 {
8121 // On input here sizeCurrent can be negative if it's currently hidden (the
8122 // real size is its absolute value then). And sizeNew can be 0 to indicate
8123 // that the row/column should be hidden or -1 to indicate that it should be
8124 // shown again.
8125
8126 if ( sizeNew < 0 )
8127 {
8128 // We're showing back a previously hidden row/column.
8129 wxASSERT_MSG( sizeNew == -1, wxS("New size must be positive or -1.") );
8130
8131 // If it's already visible, simply do nothing.
8132 if ( sizeCurrent >= 0 )
8133 return 0;
8134
8135 // Otherwise show it by restoring its old size.
8136 sizeCurrent = -sizeCurrent;
8137
8138 // This is positive which is correct.
8139 return sizeCurrent;
8140 }
8141 else if ( sizeNew == 0 )
8142 {
8143 // We're hiding a row/column.
8144
8145 // If it's already hidden, simply do nothing.
8146 if ( sizeCurrent <= 0 )
8147 return 0;
8148
8149 // Otherwise hide it and also remember the shown size to be able to
8150 // restore it later.
8151 sizeCurrent = -sizeCurrent;
8152
8153 // This is negative which is correct.
8154 return sizeCurrent;
8155 }
8156 else // We're just changing the row/column size.
8157 {
8158 // Here it could have been hidden or not previously.
8159 const int sizeOld = sizeCurrent < 0 ? 0 : sizeCurrent;
8160
8161 sizeCurrent = sizeNew;
8162
8163 return sizeCurrent - sizeOld;
8164 }
8165 }
8166
8167 } // anonymous namespace
8168
8169 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
8170 {
8171 // See comment in SetColSize
8172 if ( height > 0 && height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
8173 return;
8174
8175 // The value of -1 is special and means to fit the height to the row label.
8176 // As with the columns, ignore attempts to auto-size the hidden rows.
8177 if ( height == -1 && GetRowHeight(row) != 0 )
8178 {
8179 long w, h;
8180 wxArrayString lines;
8181 wxClientDC dc(m_rowLabelWin);
8182 dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
8183 StringToLines(GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines);
8184 GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
8185 //check that it is not less than the minimal height
8186 height = wxMax(h, GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight());
8187 }
8188
8189 DoSetRowSize(row, height);
8190 }
8191
8192 void wxGrid::DoSetRowSize( int row, int height )
8193 {
8194 wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, wxT("invalid row index") );
8195
8196 if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
8197 {
8198 // need to really create the array
8199 InitRowHeights();
8200 }
8201
8202 const int diff = UpdateRowOrColSize(m_rowHeights[row], height);
8203 if ( !diff )
8204 return;
8205
8206 for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
8207 {
8208 m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
8209 }
8210
8211 InvalidateBestSize();
8212
8213 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8214 {
8215 CalcDimensions();
8216 Refresh();
8217 }
8218 }
8219
8220 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
8221 {
8222 // we dont allow zero default column width
8223 m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
8224
8225 if ( resizeExistingCols )
8226 {
8227 // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
8228 // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
8229 // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
8230 // some speed optimisations)
8231 m_colWidths.Empty();
8232 m_colRights.Empty();
8233 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8234 CalcDimensions();
8235 }
8236 }
8237
8238 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
8239 {
8240 // we intentionally don't test whether the width is less than
8241 // GetColMinimalWidth() here but we do compare it with
8242 // GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() as otherwise things currently break (see
8243 // #651) -- and we also always allow the width of 0 as it has the special
8244 // sense of hiding the column
8245 if ( width > 0 && width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
8246 return;
8247
8248 // The value of -1 is special and means to fit the width to the column label.
8249 //
8250 // Notice that we currently don't support auto-sizing hidden columns (we
8251 // could, but it's not clear whether this is really needed and it would
8252 // make the code more complex), and for them passing -1 simply means to
8253 // show the column back using its old size.
8254 if ( width == -1 && GetColWidth(col) != 0 )
8255 {
8256 long w, h;
8257 wxArrayString lines;
8258 wxClientDC dc(m_colWindow);
8259 dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
8260 StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
8261 if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
8262 GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
8263 else
8264 GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
8265 width = w + 6;
8266 //check that it is not less than the minimal width
8267 width = wxMax(width, GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth());
8268 }
8269
8270 DoSetColSize(col, width);
8271 }
8272
8273 void wxGrid::DoSetColSize( int col, int width )
8274 {
8275 wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, wxT("invalid column index") );
8276
8277 if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
8278 {
8279 // need to really create the array
8280 InitColWidths();
8281 }
8282
8283 const int diff = UpdateRowOrColSize(m_colWidths[col], width);
8284 if ( !diff )
8285 return;
8286
8287 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
8288 GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
8289 //else: will be refreshed when the header is redrawn
8290
8291 for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
8292 {
8293 m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
8294 }
8295
8296 InvalidateBestSize();
8297
8298 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8299 {
8300 CalcDimensions();
8301 Refresh();
8302 }
8303 }
8304
8305 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
8306 {
8307 if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
8308 {
8309 wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
8310 m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
8311 }
8312 }
8313
8314 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
8315 {
8316 if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
8317 {
8318 wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
8319 m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
8320 }
8321 }
8322
8323 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
8324 {
8325 wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
8326 wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
8327
8328 return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8329 }
8330
8331 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
8332 {
8333 wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
8334 wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
8335
8336 return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
8337 }
8338
8339 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
8340 {
8341 // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
8342 // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
8343 if ( width >= 0 )
8344 m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
8345 }
8346
8347 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
8348 {
8349 // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
8350 // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
8351 if ( height >= 0 )
8352 m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
8353 }
8354
8355 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
8356 {
8357 return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8358 }
8359
8360 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
8361 {
8362 return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
8363 }
8364
8365 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8366 // auto sizing
8367 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8368
8369 void
8370 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
8371 {
8372 const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
8373
8374 // We don't support auto-sizing hidden rows or columns, this doesn't seem
8375 // to make much sense.
8376 if ( column )
8377 {
8378 if ( GetColWidth(colOrRow) == 0 )
8379 return;
8380 }
8381 else
8382 {
8383 if ( GetRowHeight(colOrRow) == 0 )
8384 return;
8385 }
8386
8387 wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
8388
8389 // cancel editing of cell
8390 HideCellEditControl();
8391 SaveEditControlValue();
8392
8393 // initialize both of them just to avoid compiler warnings even if only
8394 // really needs to be initialized here
8395 int row,
8396 col;
8397 if ( column )
8398 {
8399 row = -1;
8400 col = colOrRow;
8401 }
8402 else
8403 {
8404 row = colOrRow;
8405 col = -1;
8406 }
8407
8408 wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
8409 int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
8410 for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
8411 {
8412 if ( column )
8413 {
8414 row = rowOrCol;
8415 col = colOrRow;
8416 }
8417 else
8418 {
8419 row = colOrRow;
8420 col = rowOrCol;
8421 }
8422
8423 // we need to account for the cells spanning multiple columns/rows:
8424 // while they may need a lot of space, they don't need all of it in
8425 // this column/row
8426 int numRows, numCols;
8427 const CellSpan span = GetCellSize(row, col, &numRows, &numCols);
8428 if ( span == CellSpan_Inside )
8429 {
8430 // we need to get the size of the main cell, not of a cell hidden
8431 // by it
8432 row += numRows;
8433 col += numCols;
8434
8435 // get the size of the main cell too
8436 GetCellSize(row, col, &numRows, &numCols);
8437 }
8438
8439 // get cell ( main cell if CellSpan_Inside ) renderer best size
8440 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8441 wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
8442 if ( renderer )
8443 {
8444 wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
8445 extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
8446
8447 if ( span != CellSpan_None )
8448 {
8449 // we spread the size of a spanning cell over all the cells it
8450 // covers evenly -- this is probably not ideal but we can't
8451 // really do much better here
8452 //
8453 // notice that numCols and numRows are never 0 as they
8454 // correspond to the size of the main cell of the span and not
8455 // of the cell inside it
8456 extent /= column ? numCols : numRows;
8457 }
8458
8459 if ( extent > extentMax )
8460 extentMax = extent;
8461
8462 renderer->DecRef();
8463 }
8464
8465 attr->DecRef();
8466 }
8467
8468 // now also compare with the column label extent
8469 wxCoord w, h;
8470 dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
8471
8472 if ( column )
8473 {
8474 dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(colOrRow), &w, &h );
8475 if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
8476 w = h;
8477 }
8478 else
8479 dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(colOrRow), &w, &h );
8480
8481 extent = column ? w : h;
8482 if ( extent > extentMax )
8483 extentMax = extent;
8484
8485 if ( !extentMax )
8486 {
8487 // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
8488 // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
8489 extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
8490 }
8491 else
8492 {
8493 if ( column )
8494 // leave some space around text
8495 extentMax += 10;
8496 else
8497 extentMax += 6;
8498 }
8499
8500 if ( column )
8501 {
8502 // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
8503 // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
8504 // in SetColSize().
8505 if ( !setAsMin )
8506 extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(colOrRow));
8507
8508 SetColSize( colOrRow, extentMax );
8509 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8510 {
8511 if ( m_useNativeHeader )
8512 {
8513 GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(colOrRow);
8514 }
8515 else
8516 {
8517 int cw, ch, dummy;
8518 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8519 wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, colOrRow ) );
8520 rect.y = 0;
8521 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
8522 rect.width = cw - rect.x;
8523 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
8524 GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect );
8525 }
8526 }
8527 }
8528 else
8529 {
8530 // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
8531 // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
8532 // in SetRowSize().
8533 if ( !setAsMin )
8534 extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(colOrRow));
8535
8536 SetRowSize(colOrRow, extentMax);
8537 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8538 {
8539 int cw, ch, dummy;
8540 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8541 wxRect rect( CellToRect( colOrRow, 0 ) );
8542 rect.x = 0;
8543 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
8544 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
8545 rect.height = ch - rect.y;
8546 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
8547 }
8548 }
8549
8550 if ( setAsMin )
8551 {
8552 if ( column )
8553 SetColMinimalWidth(colOrRow, extentMax);
8554 else
8555 SetRowMinimalHeight(colOrRow, extentMax);
8556 }
8557 }
8558
8559 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
8560 {
8561 // calculate size for the rows or columns?
8562 const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
8563
8564 wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
8565 : GetGridColLabelWindow());
8566 dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
8567
8568 // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
8569 //
8570 // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
8571 // we also have to take into account the text orientation
8572 const bool
8573 useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
8574
8575 wxArrayString lines;
8576 wxCoord extentMax = 0;
8577
8578 const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
8579 for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
8580 {
8581 lines.Clear();
8582
8583 wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
8584 : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
8585 StringToLines(label, lines);
8586
8587 long w, h;
8588 GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
8589
8590 const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
8591 if ( extent > extentMax )
8592 extentMax = extent;
8593 }
8594
8595 if ( !extentMax )
8596 {
8597 // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
8598 // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
8599 extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
8600 : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
8601 }
8602
8603 // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
8604 if ( calcRows )
8605 extentMax += 10;
8606 else
8607 extentMax += 6;
8608
8609 return extentMax;
8610 }
8611
8612 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
8613 {
8614 int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
8615
8616 wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
8617 if(!calcOnly)
8618 locker.Create(this);
8619
8620 for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
8621 {
8622 if ( !calcOnly )
8623 AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
8624
8625 width += GetColWidth(col);
8626 }
8627
8628 return width;
8629 }
8630
8631 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
8632 {
8633 int height = m_colLabelHeight;
8634
8635 wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
8636 if(!calcOnly)
8637 locker.Create(this);
8638
8639 for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
8640 {
8641 if ( !calcOnly )
8642 AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
8643
8644 height += GetRowHeight(row);
8645 }
8646
8647 return height;
8648 }
8649
8650 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
8651 {
8652 wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
8653
8654 wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
8655 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
8656
8657 // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
8658 // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
8659 // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
8660 SetScrollbars(m_xScrollPixelsPerLine, m_yScrollPixelsPerLine,
8661 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
8662
8663 SetClientSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight);
8664 }
8665
8666 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
8667 {
8668 // Hide the edit control, so it
8669 // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
8670 if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
8671 {
8672 HideCellEditControl();
8673 SaveEditControlValue();
8674 }
8675
8676 // autosize row height depending on label text
8677 SetRowSize(row, -1);
8678
8679 ForceRefresh();
8680 }
8681
8682 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
8683 {
8684 // Hide the edit control, so it
8685 // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
8686 if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
8687 {
8688 HideCellEditControl();
8689 SaveEditControlValue();
8690 }
8691
8692 // autosize column width depending on label text
8693 SetColSize(col, -1);
8694
8695 ForceRefresh();
8696 }
8697
8698 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
8699 {
8700 wxGrid * const self = const_cast<wxGrid *>(this);
8701
8702 // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
8703 // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
8704 wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
8705 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
8706
8707 return wxSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight)
8708 + GetWindowBorderSize();
8709 }
8710
8711 void wxGrid::Fit()
8712 {
8713 AutoSize();
8714 }
8715
8716 #if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
8717 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
8718 {
8719 return wxNullPen;
8720 }
8721 #endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
8722
8723 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8724 // cell value accessor functions
8725 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8726
8727 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
8728 {
8729 if ( m_table )
8730 {
8731 m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
8732 if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8733 {
8734 int dummy;
8735 wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8736 rect.x = 0;
8737 rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8738 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
8739 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8740 }
8741
8742 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
8743 m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
8744 IsCellEditControlShown())
8745 // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
8746 // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
8747 // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
8748 {
8749 HideCellEditControl();
8750 ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
8751 }
8752 }
8753 }
8754
8755 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8756 // block, row and column selection
8757 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8758
8759 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
8760 {
8761 if ( !m_selection )
8762 return;
8763
8764 if ( !addToSelected )
8765 ClearSelection();
8766
8767 m_selection->SelectRow(row);
8768 }
8769
8770 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
8771 {
8772 if ( !m_selection )
8773 return;
8774
8775 if ( !addToSelected )
8776 ClearSelection();
8777
8778 m_selection->SelectCol(col);
8779 }
8780
8781 void wxGrid::SelectBlock(int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
8782 bool addToSelected)
8783 {
8784 if ( !m_selection )
8785 return;
8786
8787 if ( !addToSelected )
8788 ClearSelection();
8789
8790 m_selection->SelectBlock(topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol);
8791 }
8792
8793 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
8794 {
8795 if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
8796 {
8797 if ( m_selection )
8798 m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
8799 }
8800 }
8801
8802 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8803 // cell, row and col deselection
8804 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8805
8806 void wxGrid::DeselectLine(int line, const wxGridOperations& oper)
8807 {
8808 if ( !m_selection )
8809 return;
8810
8811 const wxGridSelectionModes mode = m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
8812 if ( mode == oper.GetSelectionMode() ||
8813 mode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns )
8814 {
8815 const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, 0));
8816 if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) )
8817 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c);
8818 }
8819 else if ( mode != oper.Dual().GetSelectionMode() )
8820 {
8821 const int nOther = oper.Dual().GetNumberOfLines(this);
8822 for ( int i = 0; i < nOther; i++ )
8823 {
8824 const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, i));
8825 if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) )
8826 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c);
8827 }
8828 }
8829 //else: can only select orthogonal lines so no lines in this direction
8830 // could have been selected anyhow
8831 }
8832
8833 void wxGrid::DeselectRow(int row)
8834 {
8835 DeselectLine(row, wxGridRowOperations());
8836 }
8837
8838 void wxGrid::DeselectCol(int col)
8839 {
8840 DeselectLine(col, wxGridColumnOperations());
8841 }
8842
8843 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
8844 {
8845 if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
8846 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
8847 }
8848
8849 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
8850 {
8851 return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
8852 ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8853 m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
8854 }
8855
8856 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
8857 {
8858 return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
8859 ( row >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() &&
8860 col >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() &&
8861 row <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow() &&
8862 col <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
8863 }
8864
8865 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
8866 {
8867 if (!m_selection)
8868 {
8869 wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
8870 return a;
8871 }
8872
8873 return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
8874 }
8875
8876 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
8877 {
8878 if (!m_selection)
8879 {
8880 wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
8881 return a;
8882 }
8883
8884 return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
8885 }
8886
8887 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
8888 {
8889 if (!m_selection)
8890 {
8891 wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
8892 return a;
8893 }
8894
8895 return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
8896 }
8897
8898 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
8899 {
8900 if (!m_selection)
8901 {
8902 wxArrayInt a;
8903 return a;
8904 }
8905
8906 return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
8907 }
8908
8909 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
8910 {
8911 if (!m_selection)
8912 {
8913 wxArrayInt a;
8914 return a;
8915 }
8916
8917 return m_selection->m_colSelection;
8918 }
8919
8920 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
8921 {
8922 wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
8923 m_selectedBlockBottomRight);
8924 wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords,
8925 m_selectedBlockCorner);
8926
8927 m_selectedBlockTopLeft =
8928 m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
8929 m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8930
8931 if ( !r1.IsEmpty() )
8932 RefreshRect(r1, false);
8933 if ( !r2.IsEmpty() )
8934 RefreshRect(r2, false);
8935
8936 if ( m_selection )
8937 m_selection->ClearSelection();
8938 }
8939
8940 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
8941 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
8942 //
8943 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
8944 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const
8945 {
8946 wxRect resultRect;
8947 wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft);
8948 if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
8949 {
8950 resultRect = tempCellRect;
8951 }
8952 else
8953 {
8954 resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
8955 }
8956
8957 tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight);
8958 if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
8959 {
8960 resultRect += tempCellRect;
8961 }
8962 else
8963 {
8964 // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do.
8965 return wxGridNoCellRect;
8966 }
8967
8968 // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order.
8969 int left = resultRect.GetLeft();
8970 int top = resultRect.GetTop();
8971 int right = resultRect.GetRight();
8972 int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom();
8973
8974 int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
8975 int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
8976 int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
8977 int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
8978
8979 if (left > right)
8980 {
8981 int tmp = left;
8982 left = right;
8983 right = tmp;
8984
8985 tmp = leftCol;
8986 leftCol = rightCol;
8987 rightCol = tmp;
8988 }
8989
8990 if (top > bottom)
8991 {
8992 int tmp = top;
8993 top = bottom;
8994 bottom = tmp;
8995
8996 tmp = topRow;
8997 topRow = bottomRow;
8998 bottomRow = tmp;
8999 }
9000
9001 // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells.
9002 int cw, ch;
9003 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9004
9005 // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the
9006 // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right.
9007 int gridOriginX = 0;
9008 int gridOriginY = 0;
9009 CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY);
9010
9011 int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX);
9012 int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY);
9013
9014 int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw);
9015 int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch);
9016
9017 // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block
9018 // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values
9019 // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the
9020 // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately.
9021 const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow);
9022 const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow);
9023 const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol);
9024 const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol);
9025
9026 for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ )
9027 {
9028 for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ )
9029 {
9030 if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) ||
9031 (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) )
9032 {
9033 tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
9034
9035 if (tempCellRect.x < left)
9036 left = tempCellRect.x;
9037 if (tempCellRect.y < top)
9038 top = tempCellRect.y;
9039 if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right)
9040 right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width;
9041 if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom)
9042 bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height;
9043 }
9044 else
9045 {
9046 i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells.
9047 }
9048 }
9049 }
9050
9051 // Convert to scrolled coords
9052 CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
9053 CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
9054
9055 if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
9056 return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
9057
9058 resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
9059 resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
9060 resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
9061 resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
9062
9063 return resultRect;
9064 }
9065
9066 void wxGrid::DoSetSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo,
9067 const wxGridOperations& oper)
9068 {
9069 BeginBatch();
9070 oper.SetDefaultLineSize(this, sizeInfo.m_sizeDefault, true);
9071 const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this);
9072 for ( int i = 0; i < numLines; i++ )
9073 {
9074 int size = sizeInfo.GetSize(i);
9075 if ( size != sizeInfo.m_sizeDefault)
9076 oper.SetLineSize(this, i, size);
9077 }
9078 EndBatch();
9079 }
9080
9081 void wxGrid::SetColSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo)
9082 {
9083 DoSetSizes(sizeInfo, wxGridColumnOperations());
9084 }
9085
9086 void wxGrid::SetRowSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo)
9087 {
9088 DoSetSizes(sizeInfo, wxGridRowOperations());
9089 }
9090
9091 wxGridSizesInfo::wxGridSizesInfo(int defSize, const wxArrayInt& allSizes)
9092 {
9093 m_sizeDefault = defSize;
9094 for ( size_t i = 0; i < allSizes.size(); i++ )
9095 {
9096 if ( allSizes[i] != defSize )
9097 m_customSizes[i] = allSizes[i];
9098 }
9099 }
9100
9101 int wxGridSizesInfo::GetSize(unsigned pos) const
9102 {
9103 wxUnsignedToIntHashMap::const_iterator it = m_customSizes.find(pos);
9104
9105 // if it's not found return the default
9106 if ( it == m_customSizes.end() )
9107 return m_sizeDefault;
9108
9109 // otherwise return 0 if it's hidden, currently there is no way to get
9110 // its size before it had been hidden
9111 if ( it->second < 0 )
9112 return 0;
9113
9114 return it->second;
9115 }
9116
9117 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9118 // drop target
9119 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9120
9121 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
9122
9123 // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid
9124 void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget)
9125 {
9126 GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget);
9127 }
9128
9129 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
9130
9131 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9132 // grid event classes
9133 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9134
9135 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
9136
9137 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
9138 int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
9139 bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
9140 : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
9141 wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
9142 {
9143 Init(row, col, x, y, sel);
9144
9145 SetEventObject(obj);
9146 }
9147
9148 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
9149
9150 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
9151 int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
9152 bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
9153 : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
9154 wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
9155 {
9156 Init(rowOrCol, x, y);
9157
9158 SetEventObject(obj);
9159 }
9160
9161
9162 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
9163
9164 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
9165 const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
9166 const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
9167 bool sel, bool control,
9168 bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
9169 : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
9170 wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
9171 {
9172 Init(topLeft, bottomRight, sel);
9173
9174 SetEventObject(obj);
9175 }
9176
9177
9178 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
9179
9180 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
9181 wxObject* obj, int row,
9182 int col, wxControl* ctrl)
9183 : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
9184 {
9185 SetEventObject(obj);
9186 m_row = row;
9187 m_col = col;
9188 m_ctrl = ctrl;
9189 }
9190
9191
9192 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9193 // wxGridTypeRegistry
9194 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9195
9196 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
9197 {
9198 size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
9199 for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
9200 delete m_typeinfo[i];
9201 }
9202
9203 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
9204 wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
9205 wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9206 {
9207 wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
9208
9209 // is it already registered?
9210 int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
9211 if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
9212 {
9213 delete m_typeinfo[loc];
9214 m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
9215 }
9216 else
9217 {
9218 m_typeinfo.Add(info);
9219 }
9220 }
9221
9222 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
9223 {
9224 size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
9225 for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
9226 {
9227 if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
9228 {
9229 return i;
9230 }
9231 }
9232
9233 return wxNOT_FOUND;
9234 }
9235
9236 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
9237 {
9238 int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
9239 if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9240 {
9241 // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
9242 // register it "on the fly"
9243 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
9244 if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
9245 {
9246 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9247 new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
9248 new wxGridCellTextEditor);
9249 }
9250 else
9251 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
9252 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
9253 if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
9254 {
9255 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
9256 new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
9257 new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
9258 }
9259 else
9260 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
9261 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
9262 if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
9263 {
9264 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
9265 new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
9266 new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
9267 }
9268 else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
9269 {
9270 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
9271 new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
9272 new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
9273 }
9274 else
9275 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
9276 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
9277 if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
9278 {
9279 RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
9280 new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
9281 new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
9282 }
9283 else
9284 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
9285 {
9286 return wxNOT_FOUND;
9287 }
9288
9289 // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
9290 // the last index
9291 index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
9292 }
9293
9294 return index;
9295 }
9296
9297 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
9298 {
9299 int index = FindDataType(typeName);
9300 if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9301 {
9302 // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
9303 // are the parameters for the renderer
9304 index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(wxT(':')));
9305 if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9306 {
9307 return wxNOT_FOUND;
9308 }
9309
9310 wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
9311 wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
9312 renderer = renderer->Clone();
9313 rendererOld->DecRef();
9314
9315 wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
9316 wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
9317 editor = editor->Clone();
9318 editorOld->DecRef();
9319
9320 // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
9321 wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(wxT(':'));
9322 renderer->SetParameters(params);
9323 editor->SetParameters(params);
9324
9325 // register the new typename
9326 RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
9327
9328 // we just registered it, it's the last one
9329 index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
9330 }
9331
9332 return index;
9333 }
9334
9335 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
9336 {
9337 wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
9338 if (renderer)
9339 renderer->IncRef();
9340
9341 return renderer;
9342 }
9343
9344 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
9345 {
9346 wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
9347 if (editor)
9348 editor->IncRef();
9349
9350 return editor;
9351 }
9352
9353 #endif // wxUSE_GRID
wxWidgets (Impactor)